官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
WhatsApp 商业号 API
WhatsApp防封技术在出海营销中的应用
WhatsApp防封技术在出海营销中的应用
在全球化的今天,出海营销已成为企业拓展国际市场的重要策略。然而,随着营销渠道的多样化,如何确保营销工具的安全性和稳定性成为了企业面临的一大挑战。本文将深入探讨WhatsApp防封技术在出海营销中的核心价值与实际应用,帮助企业提升全球营销效率。WhatsApp防封技术的核心价值1、WhatsApp防封技术通过模拟真实用户行为,有效避免账号被封禁,确保营销活动的连续性。2、该技术能够自动识别和规避高风险操作,降低企业在全球营销中的法律和合规风险。3、通过优化消息发送频率和内容,WhatsApp防封技术提高了营销信息的到达率和转化率。WhatsApp防封技术的核心结论1、研究表明,使用WhatsApp防封技术的企业,其营销账号的封禁率降低了90%以上。2、该技术显著提升了企业在全球市场的品牌曝光度和用户参与度。3、通过数据分析和用户行为预测,WhatsApp防封技术帮助企业更精准地定位目标市场。使用WhatsApp防封技术的好处1、企业可以更安全、稳定地进行全球营销活动,减少因账号封禁带来的损失。2、该技术提高了营销效率,使企业能够更快速地响应市场变化和用户需求。3、通过优化营销策略,WhatsApp防封技术帮助企业降低了营销成本,提高了投资回报率。WhatsApp防封技术的实际应用场景1、在跨境电商领域,WhatsApp防封技术帮助企业更有效地与海外客户沟通,提升销售转化率。2、在金融服务行业,该技术确保了客户信息的安全传递,增强了客户信任度。3、在教育领域,WhatsApp防封技术帮助机构更高效地推广在线课程,扩大市场份额。总结:WhatsApp防封技术在出海营销中的应用,不仅提升了企业的全球营销效率,还确保了营销活动的安全性和稳定性。通过模拟真实用户行为、优化消息发送频率和内容,该技术帮助企业更精准地定位目标市场,降低营销成本,提高投资回报率。立即获取解决方案,提升您的全球营销效率。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: WhatsApp防封技术如何避免账号被封禁?A1: 通过模拟真实用户行为,自动识别和规避高风险操作,确保营销活动的连续性。Q2: 使用WhatsApp防封技术有哪些好处?A2: 提高营销效率,降低营销成本,提升投资回报率,确保营销活动的安全性和稳定性。Q3: WhatsApp防封技术在哪些行业有实际应用?A3: 跨境电商、金融服务、教育等领域都有广泛应用。Q4: 如何获取WhatsApp防封技术?A4: 立即试用拓客大师系统,获取专业的WhatsApp防封技术解决方案。总结WhatsApp防封技术在出海营销中的应用,为企业提供了安全、稳定的全球营销解决方案。通过模拟真实用户行为、优化消息发送频率和内容,该技术帮助企业更精准地定位目标市场,降低营销成本,提高投资回报率。立即获取解决方案,提升您的全球营销效率。
LIKE.TG出海推荐|最好用的Whatsapp拓客云控系统,通过WhatsApp账号购买与拓客变现,实现营销新突破?
LIKE.TG出海推荐|最好用的Whatsapp拓客云控系统,通过WhatsApp账号购买与拓客变现,实现营销新突破?
WhatsApp账号购买的核心价值在当今数字化营销的时代,WhatsApp作为全球用户最多的即时通讯工具,已经成为了企业和品牌与客户沟通的主要渠道之一。WhatsApp账号购买的优势在于能够帮助企业快速搭建沟通平台,提升客户互动效率,实现精准营销。购买专业的WhatsApp账号,不仅能够减少运营时间,还能确保账号质量和稳定性。通过这些账号,企业能够以更加便捷的方式与客户建立联系,并进一步扩展市场影响力。对于希望快速进入WhatsApp营销的企业来说,账号购买无疑是一个高效、直接的解决方案。如果您也有兴趣了解如何通过WhatsApp账号购买提升业务效益,或者购买Whatsapp账号请访问以下链接:WhatsApp账号购买 | 工具推荐 | 最新资讯WhatsApp云控系统——企业拓客的理想选择WhatsApp作为全球领先的通讯平台,其庞大的用户群体和丰富的功能,使其成为企业拓展客户关系的理想选择。相比传统的营销方式,WhatsApp拓客变现具备以下独特优势:快速触达客户:通过即时消息的形式,企业能够迅速与客户建立联系,减少信息传递的时延。高度互动性:WhatsApp提供的实时聊天功能,能够增强客户的信任感,从而提高转化率。多样化的沟通形式:除了文字消息,WhatsApp还支持图片、音视频消息等多种形式,帮助企业更好地展示产品和服务。通过购买高质量的WhatsApp账号(WhatsApp账号购买)并合理利用这些功能,企业能够在短时间内实现客户积累和业务增长。如果您想了解更多关于WhatsApp拓客变现的技巧,请点击下方链接:WhatsApp拓客变现 | 更多信息如何顺利进行WhatsApp账号购买?要顺利进行WhatsApp账号购买,企业需要按照一定的流程和步骤,以确保购买到稳定、高质量的账号。一般来说,WhatsApp账号购买的流程如下:明确需求:根据营销目标选择合适类型的账号(如地区账号、企业账号等)。选择服务平台:选择一个信誉好且经验丰富的账号购买平台,确保账号来源合法。下单并支付:在平台上进行购买操作,并按流程完成支付。账号激活及管理:购买完成后,根据需求激活账号,并利用相关工具进行管理和运营。通过这一流程,企业能够在短时间内拥有多个高质量的WhatsApp账号,快速启动营销活动。若您想进一步了解购买流程或选择合适的账号服务,欢迎联系: WhatsApp账号购买 | 工具推荐 | 最新资讯WhatsApp拓客变现的有效策略要通过WhatsApp拓客变现获得成功,企业需要运用一些有效的营销策略。以下是一些常见的成功做法:1.批量群发信息通过智能消息群发工具,企业可以高效地将活动信息、产品更新等内容发送给潜在客户,增强客户的参与度。通过精确的群发目标,确保营销信息能够准确触及到更多的客户群体。2.构建互动型客户群通过创建高质量的客户互动群,企业可以集中讨论产品、解答疑问、收集反馈等。通过这种方式,能够显著提升客户粘性,同时为后续的转化率提供保障。3.利用自动化客户服务借助智能客服系统,企业能够为客户提供实时、专业的咨询服务,提升用户体验并加速转化进程。通过自动化回复和智能对话,企业能够有效提高客服效率。以上策略结合优质的WhatsApp账号购买,能够帮助企业快速实现WhatsApp拓客变现,提升客户满意度和转化率。如果您需要更多操作技巧和策略支持,可以通过以下链接获取更多信息:WhatsApp拓客变现 | 账号购买指南 | 相关资讯LIKE.TG作为行业领先的智能营销工具,致力于为企业提供一站式的WhatsApp营销解决方案。通过LIKE.TG,企业能够快速进行WhatsApp账号购买,并通过强大的功能实现WhatsApp拓客变现。LIKE.TG WhatsApp智能云控系统主要功能1. 批量超链群发支持文本、图片、语音及超链接的批量群发,搭配智能回复筛选客户功能。系统支持自定义群发任务,同时生成任务完成的详细数据报告,帮助企业精准触达目标客户。2. 批量协议拉群通过WhatsApp的官方协议支持批量拉群功能,可设置多个群链接及自定义群人数,系统自动过滤已添加用户,确保操作的高效性和群组的优质活跃度。3. 社媒聚合营销整合多个社交媒体账号至一个席位,实时查看多平台的互动情况。支持在线翻译、保护隐私聊天信息,便捷管理WhatsApp及其他平台的客户对话,提升跨渠道沟通效率。4. 批量上号养号支持WhatsApp账号批量上号及智能养号功能,提升账号活跃度和质量。通过数据优化,增加账号的展示机会和吸引力,提高客户转化率。5. 坐席数据可视化提供支持粉丝增长监控、流量来源追踪、自动化标签及风险监控管理的功能。自动生成可视化数据报告,为企业提供更深度的营销数据分析,助力精准化客户运营。6. 好友添加计数+添加分流批量添加目标好友,支持自动分流功能,让好友添加流程更有序。帮助企业更快扩大客户群体,为未来的营销活动提供坚实基础。7. 账号资料继承和员工子账号支持账号资料的继承操作,保护客户资产安全;可根据不同任务开通员工账号,提升团队操作效率,简化账号的管理流程,确保企业资源共享与权限控制的灵活性。LIKE.TG WhatsApp智能云控系统优势高效精准用户采集 :系统支持通过全球定位精准采集WhatsApp活跃用户,从群组或好友中筛选高质量目标客户,为企业提供精准获客支持。多设备群控管理 :通过网页端实现多账号群控操作,无需额外设备。多用户协作,帮助团队轻松管理WhatsApp业务。智能化自动回复 :利用AI技术,根据用户信息和互动状态,发送定制化的预设消息,显著提升客户沟通效率和转化率。批量操作效率提升:从好友添加、群发消息到养号等操作,系统一键完成,节省企业运营成本,优化流程效率。在竞争激烈的市场中,企业需要创新营销策略,不断探索高效的客户拓展方式。通过WhatsApp账号购买与精准的营销策略,企业能够快速实现WhatsApp拓客变现,提升品牌的市场竞争力。如果您正在寻找专业的WhatsApp营销工具和账号服务,LIKE.TG无疑是您最值得信赖的合作伙伴。WhatsApp智能营销之旅:WhatsApp账号购买 营销工具推荐 行业动态免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
How to Get Sponsored on Instagram [What 500+ Social Media Marketers Are Looking For]
How to Get Sponsored on Instagram [What 500+ Social Media Marketers Are Looking For]
It's no surprise you want to become a paid Instagram influencer, but the idea of getting your posts sponsored might seem laughable if you’re just posting pictures of your brunch instead of skydiving pictures in Australia.But you’re probably more marketable than you think — as Instagram is a popular channel for influencers to partner with all kinds of businesses to post all kinds of content across topic areas for all types of influencers, from micro-influencers to viral celebrities.I‘ve put this guide together to show you how to get brand deals on Instagram. Read on for actionable tips that’ll help you get your first deal.What's a Sponsored Instagram Post?There are two main types of sponsored Instagram posts: a brand that creates a post and pays Instagram for access to a custom audience, and a brand that pays an influencer or creator to share content that features the brand/business in some way.Here's more detail on each type of sponsored post.Promoted Posts AdsJust like X (formerly Twitter), LinkedIn, and Facebook, Instagram comes with a native ad management platform.Advertisers can use this tool to customize a target audience — using attributes like age, sex, location, and interests — and invest a specific amount of money to get their post in front of Instagrammers who identify with this audience.The thing I’d like to note here is that the advertiser is making and publishing the post. They're paying Instagram for the audience they want access to, but the post is theirs to create.Paid SponsorshipsConversely, paid sponsorships happen between a brand and an influencer on Instagram. The creator will have a brand and an audience relevant to the business.I like to think of it as social media product placement. Just like a business might pay a TV show to have its brand of soda on the countertop in the series finale, it can also pay a person on Instagram to hold that same soda in a picture on their Instagram feed.With the basics out of the way, let me walk you through how to start getting sponsorships.How to Get Sponsored on InstagramDefine your brand.Know your audience.Post consistently.Use hashtags and geotags.Tag brands in your posts.Include contact information in your bio.Pitch paid sponsorships.Know your worth.1. Define your brand.A niche determines the subject matter around which your content revolves. Do you want to post food and health-related content or focus on fashion? Whatever the case, it's an important step in establishing your brand.In addition to the type of content you post, branding has a lot to do with your overall aesthetic. How do you want to style your posts? What's your messaging? To further solidify your brand, you might want to consider creating a cohesive feed theme (use these feeds for inspiration).Beyond that, consistency is key. A good influencer's posts are distinguishable and unique — a user flipping through their feed should be able to recognize the content as belonging to one influencer. After all, trust builds as a user continues to see the same type of content on an influencer’s profile.Anthony Miyazaki, marketing consultant and professor of marketing at Florida International University, considers consistency one of the most important factors when assessing influencers for his clients.Miyazaki often recommends his clients “seek out influencers who have maintained the same personality, vibe, tone, and style for at least 18 months.”To further enhance the consistency of your brand, I recommend you connect your Instagram brand with any other online presence.Creating a website with a similar aesthetic and messaging is a good way to do this. The more you unify your social media accounts, the easier it will be for brands to distinguish how you can help them.Pro tip: If you have a website or other social media accounts, consider using Linktree to provide a menu of links to your other accounts. This way, you only have to share one link that provides users access to all your different accounts online. (Linktree offers a free and paid plan.)2. Know your audience.Up to 34% of social media marketers pick an influencer based on how much their audience engages with the content they post. The truth? You can only get the most engagement by understanding and fulfilling your audience's needs.If you understand your audience, you can also correctly identify which brands will succeed most from sponsoring you.When I spoke to Rahul Vij, CEO of WebSpero Solutions, he stated a good connection between influencers and their audience is crucial for brands because "they want to partner with influencers who feel genuine and relatable to their target audience.”As an example, Vij mentioned a campaign in which a fashion brand partnered with a micro-influencer focused on sustainable clothing.He noted that the brand found them appealing because despite “not being a huge celebrity, the influencer had a super-engaged audience who loved their fashion hacks and commitment to eco-friendly practices."So, to strengthen your understanding of your audience, I recommend you start by gathering the basics:What's the gender, age, and geographical location of your core demographic?Which of your posts do they like the best?What times of day do they respond best to content, and what can you infer from this?With this demographic information, you can start pitching partnerships to brands. After all, brands want to know who they can reach if they work with you.And a proposal stating something akin to “You'll be reaching thirty-something, working women, primarily from New York, who often use Instagram first thing in the morning and prefer fitness content” will undoubtedly hit harder than just saying, “You'll be reaching women.”Pro tip: You can tell what kind of content your audience likes by keeping an eye on how they engage with your posts. For instance, if a post has lots of likes, saves (bookmarks), and shares, it might mean they like that type of content.3. Post consistently.How frequently you post on social media will depend on several factors: how the platform works and the ecosystem on each platform you choose.Posting frequently on Instagram is important to getting a brand sponsorship because it shows you maintain a presence on the platform.That said, Instagram is algorithm-based, so a high frequency isn’t as defining a factor as sharing quality content, especially since the algorithm ensures that users don’t see too many posts from one single author at once.Adam Mosseri, head of Instagram, suggests sharing a couple of in-feed posts per week and a couple of stories per day.Pro tip: The best times to post on Instagram range from early afternoon to mid to late evening, specifically from 12 PM to 3 PM, 3 PM to 6 PM, and 6 PM to 9 PM. The best day to post is Saturday, and the worst is Monday.However, I urge you to also look at your profile analytics and see when you get the most interactions and overall engagement to determine the best Instagram posting schedule for you.4. Use hashtags and geotags.Instagram hashtags make your content discoverable, so they're necessary for growing your following. You can use up to 30 hashtags per post, but we recommend using an average of seven hashtags per post.I also find it’s best to use hashtags that are as relevant to your content as possible and ensure they aren’t broken or banned.Moreover, it‘s critical you choose hashtags that aren’t too broad. #Healthyliving, for instance, has over 20,000,000 posts, while #Healthylivingtips only has around 465,000. The less competition, the easier it will be for your content to get discovered.When you peruse a hashtag's page, you can also get a deeper sense of what types of content your post will be up against. #Healthylivingtips typically features posts with food recipes, so if your post is about cycling, using this hashtag might not be a good idea.Location tags are equally important but for a different reason. Geotags can help people find you if they're interested in a specific location. This helps you gain more followers and appeal to brands interested in reaching a particular demographic.For instance, a boutique may see you often post fashion tips from the California area, and they‘re looking to appeal to people in that region — it’s a win-win.Pro tip: I've found that using banned hashtags prevents your content from being shown to your audience. To avoid this pitfall, search for the hashtag you want to use on the explore page and open it. If there is a note about a community guideline violation, avoid it.I also suggest using tools like MetaHashtags to check and remove banned hashtags from your hashtag list.5. Tag brands in your posts.Okay, now you‘re officially ready to begin reaching out to brands. You’ve defined your brand and audience and have created quality, authentic posts. Now, you should have a pretty good idea of what types of businesses would benefit from a partnership with you.It‘s important to start small. If you’re interested in skincare, don‘t go straight for Estée Lauder. Instead, try tagging small skincare start-ups you’ve seen across Instagram in your posts.When customers ask questions like “Where can I get one?” or “How much?” tag the brand. They will soon see you've proven yourself a suitable sales partner and may reach out.Pro tip: You can tag brands in the photo/video, caption, or comments. My favorite method is using the comment section to repeatedly tag a brand while answering follower questions.And with 28% of marketers stating that brand mentions are a key metric for measuring the effectiveness of an influencer campaign, you definitely want to get as many of those as you can.Also, I suggest leveraging the power of hashtags while tagging brands to cast a wide net. Hashtags increase your content's visibility to a new audience, which might help you get more brand mentions.6. Include contact information in your bio.Consider your bio a chance to signal your interest in becoming an influencer. Include an email or website so they can reach you, and include a media kit if possible.For instance, @brittany_broski adds a Linktree link and includes her email in her bio.Furthermore, you should use a website or blog to expand on your brand and demonstrate your versatility. For instance, consider adding a press page to your website so brands can take a look at your services.And once you start getting sponsored by brands, you can add them to this page so brands can see you have experience as an influencer.Pro tip: I also recommend using your Story Highlights to convey any information you’d like sponsors to see about yourself. Whether it’s past brand collaborations or your rates, it’ll help potential sponsors decide faster.7. Pitch paid sponsorships.There's nothing wrong with reaching out to brands and offering your services. In fact, this approach to getting sponsorships is my favorite. With the right pitch, you might be able to land some gigs without waiting for brands to find you.Look for brands that clearly invest time and money into their Instagram presence. You can start by researching brands that are already sponsoring influencers in your niche or industry. And remember — it's okay to start small. Working with smaller brands will allow you to build a portfolio.Once you‘ve curated a list of brands that might want to partner with you, send them an email. In your pitch, clearly and briefly outline who you are, what you do, and any achievements you have in the field that make you an expert.Then, explain why you’re a good fit for the brand and include data such as follower count and average engagement rate.Alternatively, you might consider sending a brand a DM straight from Instagram. It‘s certainly more relevant to the job you’re vying for, but it might get lost if a brand receives hundreds of DMs a day.Pro tip: Tiffany Knighten, founder of Brand Curators, says that DMs and email aren't the only ways you can pitch to brands: “LinkedIn can be a great resource to find contacts who work directly for a brand. You can reach out to people in PR, marketing, or partnerships within the brand and send them a brief pitch along with your media kit.”In addition to reaching out to brands on different channels, I recommend customizing your pitches to each brand's individual needs. Doing this shows initiative and willingness to do the work that moves the needle for the brand.8. Know your worth.Make sure you know how much you'll charge when brands contact you or before you pitch your platform. Marketers typically pay between $501 and $10K for nano, micro, and macro influencers, with $10K+ budgets reserved for mostly mega influencers.While you‘ll want to have a minimum set, you can negotiate to encourage brands to pay more. Perhaps for $300, you’ll throw in five Instagram Story posts and a link in your bio to their website for 24 hours. You can use other Instagram features to sweeten the deal. As you grow, you'll be able to charge more.Pro tip: There's no doubt knowing your worth is essential. However, fixating on money can have downsides.Amelia Munday, marketing specialist at Custom Neon, explains that “being overly aggressive on compensation without considering the partnership’s collaborative nature can also sour deals. Influencers should approach negotiations as a mutual partnership rather than a one-sided benefit.”How to Get Brand Deals on InstagramActivate your creator account. Optimize your profile for discovery. Set up a portfolio. Keep an eye on the partnership messaging inbox. Browse projects.With 52% of businesses leveraging Instagram marketing, there are plenty of opportunities for you to get sponsorships. And this is especially true if you consider that you now have access to tools like the Instagram Creator Marketplace.Initially rolled out in 2022, the Creator Marketplace’s explicit purpose is connecting influencers and brands on Instagram. That means the platform puts the spotlight on you, so all you have to do is prepare to make the best of it.Here’s how.1. Activate your creator account.The Creator Marketplace is a public tool, meaning you and I can access it as long as we have Instagram accounts. But it's still being rolled out, so you must meet the following eligibility criteria to join for now:Be at least 18 years old.Be in a region where the marketplace is available (refer to the eligibility criteria for regional information).Be compliant with Instagram’s Community Guidelines and Monetization Policies.Adhere to the Branded Content Policies and Partner Monetization Policies.Convert your account from a personal to a professional account.2. Optimize your profile for discovery.After activating your account, you can start optimizing your profile to make it more discoverable by brands.My suggestion? Be as thorough as humanly possible. The more details and labels you provide for what you do, the higher the chances that brands will find you.Here’s how brands may search for influencers like you while using the discovery feature:Using keywords or hashtags. By searching “fashion” or “#designer,” brands can see posts from influencers in the fashion industry. Therefore, if I wanted to appear in these searches, I'd use more keywords and hashtags specific to that niche.Using filters. Brands can also refine their results using filters such as age, gender, location, interests, and follower count. This is where having a solid idea of who your Instagram followers are comes in handy.Following recommendations. Instagram recommends influencers to brands based on how relevant their content is to them. It analyzes factors like the content type you post, your interests, and the brands you work with.Browsing categories. Sometimes, brands will simply want to find all the creators in a specific category. So, make sure to choose the right category when switching to a professional account.3. Set up a portfolio.Up to 25% of social media marketers believe that working with influencers will become more important in 2024. For me, this is enough reason to package myself well so that when brands come knocking, they'll find me ready to unleash my creativity on their businesses.The portfolio feature does a great job of showing off your experience. I use it to show potential partners who I am, what I've worked on, and my previous partnerships. That way, I can let brands know that I’m capable of meeting their expectations.4. Keep an eye on the Partnership Messaging inbox.Once you get discovered, brands can invite you to take part in their projects. Projects allow brands to specify their needs (e.g., the kinds of content they expect from creators, posting frequency, and when they expect you to post).When brands send these projects directly to you, they land in your partnership inbox — a separate folder in your primary inbox dedicated to communication with brands.I personally think this feature is a great time-saver if you, like me, have experienced dozens to hundreds of DMs from your followers daily. Not to mention, it helps you avoid the risk of losing business by missing the message in the first place.That said, I would keep an eye out for brand invitations to projects because they usually have expiration dates and can also work on a first-come-first-serve basis. So, when an invitation comes through, make sure to respond promptly to create a great first impression and capitalize on limited opportunities.5. Browse projects.We‘ve talked about how brands can create projects and send them directly to creators they wish to work with. But there’s more to it. Brands can also make those projects publicly available to any creator on the marketplace.As the creator, you can browse projects and indicate interest in the ones you‘d like to work on by tapping the "I’m interested" button. So you don't have to sit and wait for brands to approach you.What‘s more, you can show interest in joining multiple projects simultaneously. This feature is particularly useful for creators who are just starting out to find their first deal — I’d be scrolling and smashing that "I’m interested" button, personally.Using #ad and #spon HashtagsBrands have come under fire in the past for working with influencers but not making it clear that the influencers were paid to share content.Department store Lord Taylor, for instance, settled charges with the FTC in 2016 after paying 50 influencers to wear a dress in their posts without hashtagging #sponsorship or #ad.Instagram prefers that influencers mark paid sponsorships as paid partnerships so their audiences know the intention behind the post. It‘s critical your followers know if you’re getting paid to promote a product. Ethics aside, it could destroy your account‘s credibility if you’re caught, and you could lose everything you've worked hard to build — namely, an authentic, trusting community.In 2017, Instagram released a paid partnership feature to combat this issue. If you tag a brand in a post and the brand confirms the relationship, the ad will be marked at the top with a “paid partnership” label. This also helps the brand gather data regarding how well the campaign is performing.If you truly don't want to post #ad or #spon, there are some ways around it. For instance, Airbnb created the hashtag #Airbnb_partner to signal a paid partnership without using the word “ad.”When in doubt, adhere to Instagram‘s policies. You can read Instagram’s branded content policies in full here.How to Disclose Paid Partnerships on InstagramIt’s a best practice to disclose paid partnerships to followers so they know that you and your partner will profit from the engagement you bring them.Here’s how you can easily disclose partnerships with brands for Feed, Stories, Live, Reels, and videos.Note: This feature is only available for business and creator accounts, and the steps are the same for desktop and mobile devices.Add a Paid Partnership Label to Instagram Feed PostsUpload your content and add your preferred caption and any filters or effects, then tap “Next.”Tap “Advanced settings.”Toggle the “Add paid partnership label” option underneath Branded content.Tap “Add brand partners” to search for the brand and add them to your post. You can add up to two brands.Optional: If your agreement with the brand allows them to use your content to run ads, toggle “Allow brand partner to promote” on.Tap “Done” to post your content.Add a Paid Partnership Label to Instagram StoriesOnce you’ve uploaded the story and added elements like text or a filter, tap the tag icon at the top of the screen.Tap “Add paid partnership label.”Tap “Add brand partners” and search for the brand you’re working with. You can add up to two brands.Optional: If your agreement with the brand allows them to use your content to run ads, toggle “Allow brand partners to promote” on.Tap “Done” to post your Story.Add a Paid Partnership Label to Instagram ReelsAfter you’ve uploaded your Reel and edited it to your choosing, tap “Next.”Tap “Advanced Settings.”Toggle “Add paid partnership label” into the on position.Tap “Add brand partners” and search for the brand you’re working with. You can add up to two brands.Tap “Done” to post your Reel.The post below shows the Paid Partnership label in a sponsored Reel from Yes Williamsburg.Add a Paid Partnership Label to Instagram LiveNote: When you’re Live, you can only tag brands you have approval fromWhen you go live, tap “Details.”Tap “Add brand partners” and search for the brand you’re working with to add a tag to your Live.Things to Consider Before Accepting an Instagram SponsorshipCongrats on getting to this stage! Now that you have one or more brands lined up, I suggest you consider the following before accepting the deal(s):1. The brand's audience.The most important thing to do is make sure your connection to the brand is there, which is why working with brands in your niche is important.For example, if you’re a fitness influencer, it would make sense to partner with athletic wear companies or local fitness studios, but it wouldn’t make much sense to partner with a travel agency.So, research the brand and look at its Instagram presence, the type of content shared, and the audience that engages with its content to see if it aligns with your brand and interests.Pro tip: Sponsor's goals aside, Munday says, “Instagram influencers should consider whether the brand fits their personal brand and ethos. They must think about the preferences of their audience and whether or not their followers will gain from the partnership.”Your followers make you who you are, so it's only fair to prioritize their needs before accepting an Instagram sponsorship. I recommend leaving deals that misalign with their interests or needs on the table.2. A brand's partnership eligibility requirements.Brands have eligibility requirements when they partner with influencers, so you should always review their criteria to ensure you meet their qualifications and that their capabilities don’t have unrealistic expectations for you and your processes.3. The fine print of your contracts.Protecting your content and ensuring the brand won’t misuse it is essential. You can read the fine print of your contract and partnership to see exactly how brands will use your content, and you can register for a DCMA account to make sure it's protected by copyright law and can’t be misused.Pro tip: According to Rex Huxford, director of demand generation at MD Clarity, one of the most common mistakes that green influencers make when they're getting started is not setting an end date for their content usage.Huxford recommends “setting a contract in writing outlining how long brands can use your content, where they can use it, and how they can repurpose it. You might not want them to have access to the content indefinitely, especially if your following blows up later.”4. Instagram’s partner monetization policies and guidelines.To use Instagram’s Monetization and Promotional tools on Instagram, you have to meet a few specific requirements. You must:Reside in a country where monetization and promotional tools are available.Adhere to and comply with all community guidelines.Comply with content monetization policies.Refrain from sharing misinformation.Only monetize authentic engagement (you can’t monetize artificial views or engagement).Comply with payment terms.Must have an authentic presence.You should also be familiar with rules and laws created by the Federal Trade Commission (or the equivalent in your country). Not complying with requirements and being transparent can cause significant legal issues and may make it harder for you to engage in partnerships in the future.5. The type of content you can monetize.All content that helps creators and publishers earn must follow specific rules:You can’t monetize static videos, static image polls, slideshows of images, looping videos, text montages, or embedded ads.You can’t monetize engagement bait, where you incentivize people to click a link or respond to a post through likes or comments, soliciting engagement.You can’t monetize content that is misinformation, misleading medical information, unoriginal content, or drugs.6. Payment amount and payment terms.It’s always important to evaluate the offers to make sure you’re compensated fairly and in alignment with your rate, partnership requirements (like how much content you share), and the effort you put in to create the content.If payment doesn’t align with your level of work, you have the right to negotiate a rate that matches what you’ll have to do, or you can step away if they don’t compensate you against your rate.Pros and Cons of Instagram SponsorshipsProsBuilding trust. Working with reputable brands can build your credibility with your viewers and audience because you work with a source they know, and the trust builds even higher if you recommend a product or service they purchase that positively impacts their life.Expanding your reach. Partnering with a brand expands your reach to your partners' audience, helping you grow your awareness and draw in new followers eager to hear from you.Monetization. Partnering with brands can help you monetize your platform and get paid for the posts or campaigns you run and are already an expert at creating.ConsLoss of authenticity. Sponsored content can feel inauthentic to viewers, especially if the content seems too sales-y. Since consumers usually prefer authentic content over all else, they may be skeptical of your ads.Legal issues. If you don’t comply with legal requirements and Instagram’s content monetization and sponsorship requirements, you risk non-compliance and losing the ability to use the Instagram feature or even the platform.Time-consuming. Sponsored partnerships can require a lot of time and effort to coordinate and create content, which can detract from your other content creation efforts.Over to YouGetting sponsored on Instagram can be challenging — it takes time, effort, and perseverance. But if you work hard to differentiate yourself in the industry and connect on a personal level with your followers, it can be extraordinarily rewarding.Editor's note: This post was originally published in July 2023 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    The 2021 Guide to Instagram Ad Costs
The 2021 Guide to Instagram Ad Costs
Do you remember in 2012 when Mark Zuckerberg bought Instagram for $1 billion? It was a gamble. At the time of the acquisition, the platform was valued at half the purchase price, had 30 million users, and wasn’t generating revenue. Six years after the acquisition, Bloomberg estimated Instagram at 100 times that. Today, the platform has over 1 billion active users worldwide with diverse demographics, behaviors, interests, and habits — making it prime territory for targeted advertising. Instagram advertising is a fascinating process that involves competition, calculation, capital, and strategy. Let’s discuss how these factors influence costs, so you can decide how to implement Instagram advertising into your overall budget spend this year. How much do Instagram ads cost?The cost for Instagram ads hovers between $0.70 to $1 per click on average. That being said, costs tend to vary based on a variety of factors, such as industry, location, and ad placement. More competitive industries and demographics generally have higher advertising costs. In some cases, Instagram ads can exceed $5 per click. Advertising on Instagram can be an accurate and effective way of reaching the right prospects at various stages in their buyer’s journeys. If done right, your business can leverage the platform to generate interest in your products or services and turn users into customers. But, how should you approach placing ads on the platform? What should your budget look like? And who should you be targeting? You’ll need to answer those questions before launching your campaign. But before you approach any of them, you have to understand how the platform calculates advertising costs. How are Instagram ad costs determined? Instagram ads are bought on an auction bidding system that ultimately dictates their prices. An advertiser starts by establishing their campaign budget and submitting a bid. Budgets are exactly what they sound like — the total amount of money a company is willing to allocate for an entire campaign. A budget is structured either on a daily basis or by the total cost of a campaign lifecycle. Bids are the maximum amount of money a company is willing to spend on each user that completes the ad objective. That objective could include anything from viewing a video to clicking on a website link to downloading a mobile application. Ultimately, objectives always revolve around improving brand awareness, driving consideration, or converting potential leads. In an auction, Instagram determines which advertisement will create the most value for its users and selects a winner on that basis. That value is established by three primary factors: The advertiser’s bid amount How likely a user is to complete the specific action the ad is optimized for, otherwise known as estimated action rates How likely a user is to be interested in the ad itself, otherwise known as ad quality and relevance As the winner, you get to place your ad in the space your competitors were vying for. You are charged on a cost-per-click (CPC) basis, and your ads remain live until your budget runs out. During your campaign, you can track your campaign performance using an analytics tool, like LIKE.TG’s Ads Software tool. The amount of money it takes to win that auction will depend on the demographics you’re targeting, time constraints, and strategic placement within the app. More on that in the following section. What can make Instagram ad costs vary? Age Range It’s no secret that Generation Z’ers, millennials, and boomers probably will engage with your ads in completely different ways. A clothing brand selling pleated khakis and golf shirts will likely perform better with mature prospects watching PGA Tour videos than 13-year-olds scrolling through SpongeBob memes. Additionally, users in different age brackets have varying online behaviors, with some spending much more time than others on social media. This means that certain age ranges will be more lucrative and, in turn, more competitive for Instagram ad placements. Timeframe Instagram ad prices fluctuate based on the time of day, day of the week, and time of year. When posting on the timeline or on stories, brands take into account the days and times, as that has an impact on how the content performs. Unsurprisingly, advertising prices also consider user activity and fluctuate prices based on this. Cost-per-click can also shift as the year progresses. With each season comes different spending habits along with the rise and fall of certain brands’ popularity. For instance, air conditioning companies likely garner more interest in the summer months than they do in the dead of winter. On that same token, it may cost more to advertise in the weeks leading up to Christmas and Black Friday compared to other weeks in the year. Consumer interests and habits change with the seasons — and Instagram ad costs typically follow suit. Gender As of 2021, 50.8 % of Instagram users identify as female, while 49.2% identify as male. Though that difference may seem unremarkable, it can have some meaningful implications on how much Instagram ads cost. Remember — over a billion people use the application, so a 1.6% discrepancy isn’t trivial. That difference — among other factors – can account for slight cost discrepancies between Instagram ads targeting women and those targeting men. Though the gap in cost-per-click for men and women might be as small as a few cents, that can add up to dollars quickly. Ad Placement The placement and advertisement type within the platform impact your ad’s cost-per-click. Ads in Instagram stories tend to be less expensive than feed placements. However, some experts — including LIKE.TG Senior Marketing Manager Jillian Hope — suggest designing unique ads for both stories and feed placements to get the most efficient results for your budget. Ultimately, paying fair prices to reach your targeted users takes some finesse. There’s no definitive answer to how much Instagram ads cost, as multiple elements play a role. So while you’ll never know exactly how much your Instagram ads will cost, you should understand the factors that could shape the way you advertise and build your advertising strategy around them.

                    The Ultimate Guide to IGTV
The Ultimate Guide to IGTV
In recent years, we've seen the power of video on the internet — Facebook alone gets eight billion average daily views, and YouTube's video platform has enabled young teens to become national superstars (Justin Bieber, anyone?). Also, a Cisco report estimates that, by 2022, watching video will account for 82% of internet traffic. There are various channels for marketers to consider when sharing videos, like the above-mentioned YouTube and TikTok or Snapchat. There’s also Instagram TV (IGTV) which, launched in 2018, is different from Instagram Stories. What is IGTV?IGTV is Instagram’s video feature that allows creators to make and share long-form video content with their audience. Additionally, IGTV is primarily meant for smartphones, as the videos are vertical, and users don’t need to rotate their devices to watch. If you're interested in testing out the app for your own business or simply want to know which brands to follow on the app, you're in luck — here, we've compiled all the tips and information you need to get started with IGTV. How do you download IGTV?You can access IGTV directly within the native Instagram app. Simply launch your profile, navigate to the Explore tab, and select IGTV from the carousel menu. There is also a standalone IGTV app that you can download from the app store. To get it, simply go to the App Store or Google Play, search for IGTV, and click Get or Install. IGTV Video Length Anyone with an Instagram account can upload an IGTV video. Unlike Instagram Stories' 15-second video limit, IGTV videos can be up to 15 minutes long when uploaded from a mobile device and 60 minutes when uploaded from the web. How do you make an IGTV channel?To make an IGTV channel, you need to download the IGTV app and sign in with your Instagram account login info. Next, select the Settings gear icon (next to your account profile photo), and click Create Channel. How To Make IGTV Videos To upload and edit your IGTV video title and description, follow these steps: 1.Open the IGTV app and click on your profile icon. Then, click Upload Video. If you haven’t yet given permission, you will be asked to allow IGTV access to your video library. 2. Select the video you want to upload. 3. Click Next in the top right-hand corner. 4. Add your preferred video title and description, and edit the cover image, which users will see before the video begins playing. 5. Click Post to publish your video. You can also upload a video to IGTV from the native Instagram app. Here are the steps: 1. Navigate to your profile and select the plus sign icon on the top right-hand side of the screen. 2. When the Create menu pops up, select IGTV video. 3. Select the video you want to upload, choose your preferred cover, and add a title and description. 4. Click Post to IGTV. IGTV Analytics IGTV provides the following in-app analytic insights for your videos: views, likes, comments, average percentage watched, reach, saves, and interactions. To get these insights, open your IGTV app and click on one of your published videos. Then, follow these steps: 1. Open your video, and then click the "..." icon at the bottom. 2. Select View Insights. 3. The IGTV Video Insights menu should appear and contain your audience analytics info. As this video is just a test, there is no analytics data for the video. How To Find Videos and Channels On IGTVWhen you open the IGTV app, you can use the search bar to find videos and channels.If you’re unsure what you’re looking for, you can scroll through suggested videos based on accounts you’re following, popular videos, or videos recommended for you based on your account activity. In the Instagram app, you can find someone's IGTV by navigating to their profile page. Above their image gallery, you should see the IGTV icon. If you click it, it will bring you to the person or brand’s IGTV channel. The image below displays the IGTV channel preview from popular internet show The Daily Show. Watching Videos on IGTV As soon as you open the IGTV app, a video will immediately start playing — presumably with the hope that users will become immersed in the content. To watch a video, simply click on it. If you're not interested in watching it anymore, you can scroll up to see other options. There are four video categories: For You, Following, Popular, and Continue Watching. You can scroll left and right to view your options and select the one you want to watch. As mentioned above, you can also use the search bar to search for channels you’re already familiar with or to see if someone you’re interested in has a channel. To watch an IGTV video within the Instagram app, navigate to a user’s profile, select the IGTV icon, and pick the video you want to watch. Best IGTV Channels and Brands to Follow There are hundreds of brands and channels that create impressive and unique IGTV content. If your business is starting from scratch and looking for inspiration, here are a few channels and brands you’ll want to check out: Netflix View this post on Instagram NAACP View this post on Instagram The Daily Show View this post on Instagram National Geographic View this post on Instagram Food Network View this post on Instagram Top Influencers on IGTV While IGTV doesn’t have the same audience reach as Instagram or YouTube, it is still a worthwhile platform to use to reach your audience members, especially if they don’t use other video sharing apps you’re on like TikTok, Snapchat, or YouTube. Below is a list of IGTV content creators using the platform to create content that appeals to their specific niche. LaBeautyologist View this post on Instagram Hannah Stocking View this post on Instagram AskDrJess View this post on Instagram Huda Kattan View this post on Instagram David Chang View this post on Instagram How to Share an IGTV VideoSelect a video, and swipe down on the video preview image to make the browse menu disappear.If you want to share within Instagram, click the paper airplane icon at the bottom of the video. Type a name (or create a group) into the search box, click the username, and press Send. You can also add your own message before sending the video.If you want to share the IGTV video outside of Instagram, press the three-dot icon at the bottom of the video. Then, select Copy Link. Now you can paste the link in a text or email to send to friends. Ultimately, it's up to you to decide whether IGTV offers valuable benefits for your business. It's critical you consider your audience's preferences when deciding — would they prefer to watch your brand on IGTV, or are they consuming content elsewhere? If you feel your brand does well in relatively unmarked territory, perhaps you want to give IGTV a try. Get out your camera, record some unedited behind-the-scenes looks at your company, and press Post. Your audience insights will tell you soon enough whether it's an avenue worth pursuing.

                    Scheduling Instagram Posts: Absolutely Everything You Need to Know
Scheduling Instagram Posts: Absolutely Everything You Need to Know
Posting Instagram content when your audience is most active on the app increases chances of engagement, brand awareness, referral traffic, and conversions. However, it's not always efficient to hover over your phone or laptop to post on Instagram at the perfect moment — so you'll need a way to schedule Instagram posts ahead of time. This is where Instagram scheduling software comes into play. Can you schedule Instagram posts? Why You Should Schedule Your Instagram Posts Instagram Scheduling Best Practices Best Way to Schedule Instagram Posts Tools for Scheduling Instagram Posts LIKE.TG Social Media Management Software Later Tailwind Buffer Sked Social Sprout Social Loomly How to Schedule Instagram Posts Schedule Your Instagram PostsCan you schedule Instagram posts? Yes! If you're a content creator or business owner with access to Meta's Creator Studio, you can connect your Instagram account to Creator Studio to schedule posts. If you don't have Creator Studio, Instagram's API lets users of marketing tools like LIKE.TG schedule Instagram posts in advance. It's also worth mentioning that Instagram is testing a new in-app tool to schedule posts and Reels. In October 2022, a Meta spokesperson said, "We are testing the ability to schedule content with a percentage of our global community." That same month, Twitter user @WFBrother posted a screenshot showing how the tool works. Now you can schedule posts on the Instagram app! ✨You can schedule posts and reels by going to Advanced settings when creating new content. #[email protected]/yJykq108wK— ㆅ (@WFBrother) October 18, 2022 However, the tool is still in the testing stage, so you'll need to rely on either Meta's Creator Studio or third-party social media scheduling software to schedule your content. Why You Should Schedule Your Instagram Posts There are many reasons you should get in the habit of scheduling your Instagram posts. One reason is that it saves valuable time and gives you the opportunity to plan and execute a comprehensive marketing strategy. Think about it — instead of scrambling to post content at the perfect time, you're able to schedule a string of compelling posts that include stories, Reels, carousels, polls, and more in advance. You'll also have more time to interact with followers and reply to comments, which can build lasting relationships with customers and generate leads.Instagram Scheduling Best Practices Here are some best practices to keep in mind when scheduling posts to Instagram. 1. Schedule posts to go live when your audience is the most active. Track how your posts perform at different times, and use that information to optimize your posting schedule. To get you started, here are some great posting times, according to Search Engine Journal: Monday: 6 a.m., 11 a.m., 1 p.m. Tuesday: 8-10 a.m., 2 p.m. Wednesday: 9-11 a.m. Thursday: 11 a.m. - 2 p.m., 7 p.m. Friday: 10 a.m. - 12 p.m., 2-4 p.m. Saturday: 8-11 a.m. Sunday: 6-8 p.m. 2. Craft your captions with care. If you're scheduling content ahead of time, there's no need to rush writing your caption. Take the time to figure out the right hashtag to use, the right accounts to tag (if any), and a compelling call to action. 3. Engage with your audience. The time you save by scheduling posts can be used to connect with your audience, Block off time to reply to comments, and host polls. If your audience tags you in a story, post that story to your account. Best Way to Schedule Instagram Posts The simplest way to schedule Instagram posts will be via Meta's Creator Studio if you have access to it. To schedule posts via Creator Studio, do the following: Connect your Instagram account to Creator Studio. Click "Create Post." If you have more than one Instagram account connected to the studio, click the account you want to post to. Add a caption. Click "Add Content" to select the video or photos you want to post. Click "From File Upload" to upload new content, or "From Facebook Page" to post content you already shared to Facebook. Click the arrow next to "Publish." Select "Schedule." Choose the date and time you want your content to post on Instagram. Click "Schedule." If you don't have Creator Studio, you can use plenty of excellent, user-friendly scheduling software. Here are some of your best options.1. LIKE.TG Social Media Management Software Price: $0/month (Free), $45/month (Starter), $800/month (Professional), $3,600/month (Enterprise) With LIKE.TG's Social Media tool, which is part of LIKE.TG Marketing Hub, you can schedule and publish social posts to Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn. From within LIKE.TG, you can edit your post, schedule it, and add @mentions to tag other accounts and users. Upload the image you want to share on Instagram to LIKE.TG, then drag and drop it into the post you're scheduling. You can preview the final post before it goes live to see what your visitors will see. After you choose the date and time, your Instagram post will be shared and previewed. Tag it with a relevant LIKE.TG campaign, so all your social posts associated with a marketing campaign you're already running are organized. Once you schedule your post, you can select "Schedule another" to plan another social post. There's an option to auto-copy and paste content from the post you just scheduled so you can plan similar posts for different dates, times, and platforms. Lastly, if you're using LIKE.TG's social tool to schedule and publish across other platforms, target specific audience groups (for instance, you can target specific countries or languages on Facebook). Get LIKE.TG's Social Media Management Software to help you focus more on connecting with your customers and target audience by using time-saving publishing and scheduling tools that prioritize social interactions. 2. Later Price: Free, $18/mo (Starter), $40 (Growth), $80 (Advanced) Later is a social media post scheduler dedicated to Instagram. The platform includes a full social content calendar, drag-and-drop post planning, and the ability to publish automatically to your Instagram Business profile. In addition, the service's Linkin.bio feature allows you to link individual posts to specific product pages.3. Tailwind Price: Free, $12.99/mo (Pro), $19.99 (Advanced), $39.99 (Max) Tailwind is a social media scheduler and innovative assistant platform specifically for Instagram and Pinterest. Using smart features like bulk image uploading and the built-in Hashtag Finder, the tool allows small businesses to personalize their Instagram posts and get them scheduled quickly. The tool also allows you to visually plan and preview your Instagram post schedule and grid via a single dashboard your audience will see before posting.4. Buffer Price: Free, $6/mo (Pro), $65/mo (Essentials), $12/mo (Team), $120/mo (Agency) Buffer allows you to schedule social media posts across six social networks: Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and Google+. Buffer for Instagram makes it easy to manage and schedule your posts via a single dashboard. There's an option to include hashtags in your Instagram post in the Comments section versus in the caption (to keep the post and caption as simple as possible). Using Buffer's social media analytics feature, you can also analyze your Instagram posts to determine what worked among your target audience. In addition to a mobile app for iOS and Android, Buffer also offers an extension for your internet browser.5. Sked Social Price: $25/mo (Fundamentals), $75/mo (Essentials), $135/mo (Professional) Sked Social offers an Instagram scheduling and auto-posting tool for Instagram posts and stories. Using the tool, you can plan to post your stories automatically, whether photo or video, so you never have to intervene or receive reminders to click "Post" again. You can also schedule your Instagram posts via iOS or Android to upload content directly from your mobile device's camera roll.6. Sprout Social Price: $249/mo (Standard), $399/mo (Professional), $499/mo (Advanced) Sprout Social is a social media management platform that's clear with six major social networks, including Instagram. It has a social media content calendar allowing you to schedule your social posts and measure engagements once live. Easily upload the image you want to post on Instagram, add the caption and other Instagram post details (e.g., location), and then schedule it to go out at the date and time of your choosing. The tool's social listening abilities also help you identify unique trends across your Instagram content and then apply these trends to the rest of your Instagram marketing strategy.7. Loomly Price: $26/mo (Base), $59/mo (Standard), $129/mo (Advanced), $269/mo (Premium), Request Quote (Enterprise) Loomly is a brand success platform with content management and social media publishing and scheduling features. Schedule your social media posts in advance — there are automated scheduling and publishing options for various social platforms incl,uding Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Google. Loomly also offers automated Instagram Ad (and Facebook Ad) publishing. With the platform, you easily manage your organic and paid social media content — you can also get notifications (via email, Slack, and more) whenever one of your team members works on a piece of social content to make for easy team-wide collaboration. The tool provides social media post recommendations based on trends, events, holidays, and social platform best practices. Next, let's dive into how to schedule Instagram posts for an Instagram Business page — for the sake of this post, we'll use LIKE.TG as our scheduling and publishing tool. 1. Ensure you have admin access to your Facebook Business Page. Instagram and Facebook might be separate accounts to you personally, but businesses that want to automate their Instagram posting schedule will need to tether both accounts together. So, you'll need the username and password of your business's Facebook account to do this — in other words, head over to the Instagram Business landing page to set up your account if you don't already have one. 2. Switch to your Business profile on the Instagram mobile app and connect this account to Facebook. If you have a personal Instagram account, you probably know you can manage more than one profile from the app — and the other profile is your business account (keep in mind you'll need an Instagram Business account to schedule Instagram posts in LIKE.TG). To switch to your Instagram Business page from your page, navigate to your profile on your mobile device and tap the three dots in the upper-right corner of your screen. Then, in the next screen, select "Switch to Business Profile," as shown below: Under "Settings," select "Linked Accounts." Here's where you can choose Facebook and link your two accounts together. You might be asked to "Log in With Facebook," at which point you'll enter your business account's username and password. Otherwise, select "Continue as [yourself]." 3. Open LIKE.TG and integrate your Instagram profile with the "Social" tool. Now that your Instagram profile is anchored to Facebook, you can integrate it with your post scheduler. As mentioned, we will use LIKE.TG's Social tool for our purposes. Open LIKE.TG, select "Settings" > "Marketing" > "Social" > "Connect Account" > "Facebook and Instagram." Click the first option, "Facebook Instagram," and follow the prompts to complete this step (which are listed here in greater detail). 4. Create your first social post for your Instagram account. Once your Instagram account is integrated into LIKE.TG, you'll see an option to "Create social post" in your LIKE.TG dashboard. Click it, and you'll see icons for which social network you want to start with. Select the Instagram icon to compose your first post for your Instagram account. 5. Compose a message with your desired visual assets, captions, and hashtags. Customize your Instagram post and upload an image using the landscape icons on the bottom-lefthand corner of the white text field that appears. Then, caption your image with the text, hashtags, and user mentions you'd like to post your photo with, as they should appear on Instagram. 6. Set the date and time of your Instagram post. Above the photo you're posting, you'll see a field where you can add the date and time the date and time that your post will be scheduled to go live. Use this field to automatically set the date and time you want your post to go live on your Instagram profile. 7. Preview your post to make sure it looks right. Any grammatical errors? Are all your intended hashtags included? Is the image successfully uploaded? Check to make sure, and you'll be ready to schedule. 8. Click "Schedule message." Got any more Instagram posts planned? Draft them now and schedule all of them simultaneously — with LIKE.TG, you can schedule your social posts in bulk. Once every post you want to schedule has been loaded into LIKE.TG, you can hit the "Schedule" button on the page.Schedule Your Instagram Posts Start scheduling your Instagram posts to make your workflow more efficient and to ensure the content you need to get in front of your audience does so in a timely fashion. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    When Is the Best Time to Post on Instagram in 2024? [Cheat Sheet]
When Is the Best Time to Post on Instagram in 2024? [Cheat Sheet]
If you want to find the best time to post on Instagram, you're probably trying to get the highest engagement. Whatever your specific goal (likes, followers), posting when your content will get the most eyes can only benefit your marketing, so I’m glad you’re here.If you're new to social media, you may think you should just start posting at different times of day and document your performance post-by-post — but that’s pretty labor-intensive and unnecessarily time-consuming.There’s gotta be an easier way to figure out when to post on Instagram.That‘s where we come in. In this post, you’ll find everything you need to start posting at the best times on the popular social media platform, all backed by our 2024 Social Trends Report and other new LIKE.TG research.What are the best times to post on Instagram?The best time to post on Instagram is from 12-3PM or 6-9PM. Friday is considered the best day for engagement, followed closely by Saturday and Sunday. The evening 6 PM-8:59 PM is frequently noted as having high engagement levels.The times above are for Instagram engagement in local time — meaning that your audience is in the same time zone as you are when you post.So, if you live in Los Angeles and your primary audience is also in Los Angeles, you would post at the times above. However, if you live in Los Angeles and your target audience is in New York, you’ll want to shift these posting times three hours forward.Keep this in mind when updating your social media content calendar.Worst Time to Post on InstagramSo, now that we‘ve established when the sweet spot for posting on Instagram is, let’s take a closer look at when it isn't. The LIKE.TG Blog recently asked 697 global Instagram marketers across B2B and B2C industries about the best (and not-so-best) times and days to post on the channel.According to those findings, the worst time to post on Instagram is between the hours of 6 AM and 8:59 AM and the worst days are Mondays and Tuesdays. This was across B2B and B2C verticals and consistent with results from 2023.In this chart, you can see the lowest Instagram engagement rates were actually between 6 and 9 AM globally at that time, which isn't surprising.No matter where they are, most people are likely just waking up, eating breakfast, commuting, or getting their days started at this time — and you can't hit “like” in the shower or in between bites of toast.So night owls, you can rest assured. There’s no need to wake up early to post that Instagram collaboration.(While social media management software and Instagram itself enable you to schedule posts in advance, this marketer is still waiting for them to support the collaboration feature. Sigh.)Best Time to Post to Instagram CheatsheetHow We Found the Best Instagram Posting TimesThe data in this article comes from three sources.First is LIKE.TG's 2023 Instagram Engagement report. This extensive report reviewed 110M posts across 1M Instagram users. The report also has several sections specific to English-speaking countries. They analyzed data from close to 85M posts from North America alone.This post also contains more original 2024 research from the LIKE.TG Blog team. We surveyed 697 professionals across B2B and B2C about their preferred days and times to post on Instagram.We also included some data from our 2024 Social Trends Report — where we asked 1,460 social media marketers from across the globe about their biggest trends, goals, challenges, and strategies going into 2024.Why post on Instagram at a certain time?I know for many marketers, social media posting is just one more thing to do on a busy day. It can be tempting to post whenever it‘s convenient or seems logical, even if there isn’t any data to back it up.Here are a few reasons why it's important to post to Instagram at specific and consistent times.Increasing ReachAccording to eMarketer, US adults spend at least 33 minutes a day on Instagram. That's about 15 hours a month. So, posting when your top users are online will make a difference.It will be more likely your content gets seen, increasing its reach to existing followers — but also new folks. This graphic from a machine learning engineer outlines some of the factors in helping new users discover your posts.One of those factors is engagement. Posting content when your followers are active can boost engagement (more on that next) which, in turn, increases the chances that new users will discover your account and posts on the platform.Check out this post for more tips on how to grow your reach on Instagram. This post from the Instagram blog also outlines how important fresh and recent content is.Increasing EngagementAccording to LIKE.TG's research, the global average Instagram engagement rate was 6% in 2023, a slight increase from the year prior.Instagram engagement has a ripple effect, like throwing a rock in a still pool. The first ripple is obvious — if you get immediate likes, comments, and saves after posting, your post will likely appear in more feeds.The next ripples come from other Instagram features like Favorites, Shopping, and Search Explore. Each feature has an independent algorithm and weighs engagement differently.For example, becoming a “Favorite” for your followers means your posts show at the top of their feeds every time they log in.On the other hand, engagement rates and behavior factor into which posts get bumped to the top of Explore pages. Posting at the right time doesn’t just mean more comments, messages, and saves. It creates more opportunities for engagement.Building a Loyal AudienceLoyalty takes time and effort to build. It's especially tough for small businesses that have to compete with big brands on social media. Fortunately, posting during peak times on Instagram helps you reach more of your audience and start building that relationship.Building loyalty is more than great products and customer service, however. It’s also about reliability. Posting at peak times helps establish a consistent presence in your followers' lives and sets expectations of when they can hear from you.For example, say you run your media business in the Pacific time zone, but a third of your customers are in the Australian Eastern time zone.If you post all your content from 9 AM - 5 PM PST, those posts will appear between 3-11 AM for your Australian customers and many won’t see them.And what if an unhappy customer in Australia posts a story about your brand that you miss? That one miss could shape that entire audience's perception of your business.Understanding when your audience is online can be key to meeting them where they are and fostering brand loyalty.Testing New AlgorithmsLike most online tools, Instagram launches regular updates to improve its user experience. As a business, your team needs to quickly understand how each update could impact your users and adapt your strategy. This is especially true of algorithm updates.Algorithms are complex. Instagram leaders say that each part of the app uses an independent algorithm, and they aren’t always transparent about what they entail.If you’re lucky, social media analysts will do the research and share them online quickly, but if not, you can do your own by monitoring your post performance.What do you need to run reliable and useful tests to help you understand which content your users see after an update? Number one is a consistent posting schedule. The fewer variables your test has, the more trustworthy your results will be.Posting at the best times for your audience on Instagram will get you in front of the largest audience and give you more data to work off of.Understanding New FeaturesYour posting schedule can also help you understand new Instagram features. Carousels, Stories, and Reels are all unique parts of Instagram, and depending on your content and industry, they'll have different rates of engagement.When Instagram releases new features like these, it can take time to understand:What the new feature doesWhen users see new featuresHow they interact with each new featureResources needed for feature contentThe sooner you understand a new feature, the more likely it is that you'll make the most of that feature before your competitors. For example, this post on the Instagram blog tells users how to see more of what they want on their feeds.Like testing an algorithm update, knowing the top posting times for your niche can help you test them for your users faster. Social testing is most useful when you know your test audience, which makes posting time important.Streamlining Your Posting ScheduleKnowing the best times for your audience can make it much easier to schedule your posts.Many social media and marketing managers take advantage of social scheduling tools. While these tools can make the process of social media posting much easier, it can be tough to get results if you're not posting at the right times.It's all about creating the right content at the right time for your audience — and set posting times can also help you create a more personalized social media calendar for your buyer personas.Here are a few more ways that choosing the best posting times for Instagram can help you simplify your posting schedule:Creates focused times for content planning and trackingLimits the need for “always on” social media managementOffers opportunities to batch-create targeted post contentFinding Your Best CustomersInstagram allows users to make direct purchases, but it’s also an invaluable lead generation and brand awareness tool that can lead to sales.But how can the best posting times help you find prospective shoppers? By meeting them when they’re active and paying attention.If you are new to your industry, the industry-specific posting times below can help you understand when your users are online to actually see your content.For example, people in financial services are easiest to reach on Instagram on Sunday nights. This is just before the next work week begins. It may be a way to wind down the weekend and prepare for what the next week will bring.Workers in agriculture are easier to reach on Saturday mornings and mostly skip Instagram during the week. These professionals might be in spots with limited service during the week. Safety is also a concern, so it may be difficult for them to use mobile devices while on the job.You can also block out these times on your schedule to engage with users who follow your business. Comment on posts, ask authentic questions, and watch videos from your target audience.These times are when the biggest pool of your users is active online, so it's the best time to start a conversation.It‘s easy to send a message on Instagram, but not every message gets a response. If you can be there to engage in real-time, you’ll get much more value from the time you spend on the platform. You'll also have a better chance of connecting with top customers.Is there really a “best time” to post to Instagram?It‘s clear that posting time matters on Instagram. But is there really a best time to post to get the results you’re looking for? To answer this question, let's hear from some members of the LIKE.TG social media team.Content QualityIt can be tempting to churn out content to meet ambitious deadlines in the hopes that the right customers see your posts. But content quality is what creates the most value for your audience.Brand Social Media Manager at Guild and Former LIKE.TGter Mathew Cruz says,“It sounds obvious, but making your content as engaging and optimized as possible for the platform it’s being published on is key. ”So, begin each post with the best possible content, then optimize to make sure that followers get to feel the impact of your efforts.“Start with your target audience, and what types of content and information is most useful to them. What kind of content might they save for later? What might they share with a friend? What might incentivize them to comment on your content? Start with these questions and work backwards in order to improve your reach and performance.”- Annabelle Nyst, Principle Social Media Content Manager, G-PYou can also get some inspiration from top influencers and brands on the platform.Top Instagram influencersBest brands on InstagramAnother way to create quality content is to line up with recent trends and news. But this strategy isn't the right fit for everyone. Here’s more useful advice from Annabelle Nyst:“When it comes to posting around tentpole moments, events, and trending conversations, you should ask yourself: Does this make sense for my brand to be a part of this conversation? Are we adding value here?”Instagram’s AlgorithmThe best posting time isn‘t really about when you post, it’s about when you want users to see your content. But that's up to the algorithms that are unique to each part of Instagram.So, the care you put into posting time is only one part of a more complex system that delivers your content to people on the platform.According to Mathew Cruz: “Instagram’s algorithm and UX changes have made an impact on the effectiveness of posting at specific times. Unless your users are consuming their content in the 'following' view, the time your audience will see your content can vary.”To optimize the chances that people will see and engage with your content, check out these tips:"Look at what the Instagram algorithm appears to be prioritizing at any given moment – for example, Reels. We know that Instagram has been leaning into Reels as a format in order to compete with TikTok, so how can you incorporate Reels into your strategy?The more you adhere to what Instagram wants to see, the more the algorithm will favor you. Also, always optimize for value and engagement first." - Annabelle Nyst"With Instagram, understanding the UX and algorithm changes can be more effective in strategizing content publishing rather than simply timing.For example, with Instagram’s shift to pushing video over images, the types of content you choose to create and publish may impact the chances of it being pushed out to users.Additionally, feeding the algorithm with what your content is about helps it know where it should go. For example, adding relevant captions, hashtags, and sounds can help increase chances of it appearing on the feeds of users that enjoy specific types of content." - Mathew CruzContent ConsistencySocial Strategy and Analytics Marketing Manager Erin McCool says: “Quality and consistency of content is more important than timing.”Consistency is key to taking advantage of social media opportunities. Whether you're amplifying your stories at the same time each week or posting with branded hashtags, a steady schedule is essential.If you don‘t have a clear brand voice on Instagram, you won’t reach a wider audience — it‘s as simple as that. Without consistency, it’s unlikely that users will recognize and connect your content to your brand no matter how many times they see it.So, don't just post at the best times. Use the best times to post as a guide for a consistent posting schedule. This strategy can help you reach the right audience at the right time with the right content.Best Time to Post on Instagram by Time Zone/RegionYour location can heavily influence the success of your social media marketing strategy. Audiences behave differently depending on where they are in the world, and you can benefit from knowing when they’re most active on Instagram.You know that evenings tend to be the best time to post to Instagram for engagement. But how do you make that happen if your audience lives in multiple time zones?This is where you need to decide the best posting times on Instagram for your audience. To help you make these choices, here's more compelling data from the 2023 Instagram Engagement Report and our recent research.North AmericaAccording to LIKE.TG research, the best time to post on Instagram in North America is between 6 to 9 PM, as those were the hours with the highest engagement.It’s no surprise: People tend to be winding down in the evenings, so naturally, they usually access their Instagram apps at around this time.As you can see, though, the engagement rate is between 7% to 8% for most hours — you really can’t go wrong with your posting time, so long as you make an effort to study your audience and learn when they’re specifically online.The hours you might want to avoid specifically are between 6 and 9 AM.UK and IrelandThe best time to post in the UK and Ireland is from 9 AM to 3 PM to generate high engagement. That’s quite a jump from 2023 when we found 10 PM to 2 AM to be most popular.You’ll want to avoid the morning hours from 9:00PM to 12:00AM.Asia-Indian Standard TimeIn Asia (specifically India), the best time to post on Instagram is between 6:00 and 9:00 PM. During our research in this region, we saw huge peaks in engagement at those hours.Indian Standard Time (IST) engagement rates are more volatile. You’ll specifically want to avoid posting between 6 and 9 AM, as those were the times with the lowest engagement.Best Time Each Day to Post on InstagramEvery day of the week is a good day to post on Instagram, but you're likely to get the best engagement on weekends.The chart below shows the average engagement of each day of the week. As you can see, even though weekends are when you'll see the most engagements, the data is pretty steady throughout the week.This means that you'll want to do deeper research to figure out which days are best for you to post. This is where industry-specific data can help.For example, if your followers work at a desk job with regular hours, they might be taking a lunch break around noon. This would mean that they could be more likely to scroll through Instagram during that time to catch up on the latest from their friends, favorite brands, and influencers.But what if they work in an industry with a less consistent schedule? For example, real estate agents often work around their clients' schedules, showing homes on the weekend or after work hours.This means that their scrolling time will be different from other users. You'll want to track their behavior or use industry benchmarks to find the best day to post.Best Time to Post on Instagram by IndustryGeneral data about optimal post timing is a great starting point. But if you want to get more granular, LIKE.TG research surveyed over 300 professionals to help you engage with your top audience. Here are the best times to post on Instagram for over 16 popular industries as of last year.EducationBest Times: 9 PM - 12 AMBest Day: MondayWorst Days: Wednesday through SundayIf you work in the education sector, the best time to post is from 9 PM to 12 AM, specifically on Monday. That may be because educators are preparing for the week at this time and may be more receptive to content from education brands.Healthcare CompaniesBest Times: 6-9 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Tuesday through FridayFor healthcare companies, the best time to post on Instagram is in the evenings, from 6 PM to 9 PM, and specifically on Saturday. You’ll want to avoid posting on Tuesdays through Fridays.Financial ServicesBest Times: 9 PM - 12 AMBest Day: SundayWorst Days: Wednesday and ThursdayFinancial services companies will want to post from 9 PM and 12 AM — remember, a social media tool can help you schedule late-night posts! — and Sundays are one of the best-performing days in terms of engagement.RetailBest Times: 3-6 PMBest Day: SundayWorst Day: TuesdayRetail companies should consider posting between 3 PM and 6 PM on weekends, especially on Sundays. Tuesdays were the worst day according to our research.EcommerceBest Times: 9 PM - 12 AMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Monday, Tuesday, and ThursdayEcommerce brands would benefit from posting between 9 PM to 12 AM, in keeping with the general pattern that evenings perform best for most brands. Saturdays were the best days to post on Instagram, while you’ll want to avoid Mondays, Tuesdays, and Thursdays.Business ServicesBest Times: 9 AM - 12 PM, 6-9 PMBest Day: FridayWorst Days: Tuesday, Wednesday, and SundayCompanies that offer business services would do well to post on Instagram between 9 AM and 12 PM — the starting hours of most people’s business days. Evenings between 6 and 9 PM also performed well. The best day to post, surprisingly, is on Friday.Consumer ManufacturingBest Times: 9 AM - 12 PMBest Days: Wednesday and FridayWorst Days: Monday, Tuesday, and SundayConsumer manufacturing organizations should post on Instagram in the mornings, between 9 AM and 12 PM. The best days to post are Wednesdays and Fridays.Manufacturing and MaterialsBest Times: 12-6 PM.Best Days: Friday and SundayWorst Days: Monday through Thursday, SaturdayCompanies in the manufacturing industry should post in the afternoons between 12 PM and 6 PM, starting with most businesses’ lunch breaks. The best days are Fridays and Sundays.Construction CompaniesBest Times: 6-9 PMBest Days: Thursday and SundayWorst Days: Monday and SaturdayLike most verticals, construction companies would benefit from posting in the evenings between 6 and 9 PM. Thursdays and Sundays are the best days.Agricultural OrganizationsBest Times: 9 AM - 12 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: WeekdaysThe best time to post on Instagram for agricultural organizations is in the morning, between the hours of 9 AM and 12 PM. You will want to avoid weekdays and post on weekends, specifically on Saturday.Electronics OrganizationsBest Times: 3-6 PMBest Day: ThursdayWorst Days: Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and SaturdayElectronics organizations would benefit from posting in the afternoons, between 3 PM and 6 PM. The best day to post is on Thursday.Energy, Utilities, and Waste ManagementBest Times: 6-9 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Sunday through FridayEnergy, utilities, and waste management organizations would benefit from posting between 6 and 9 PM. The best day to post is on Saturday, while our research respondents reported that every other day is a poor option.Information TechnologyBest Times: 6-9 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Monday and ThursdayLike most businesses, IT companies should post in the after-work hours, between 6 and 9 PM. The best day to post is on Saturday, but remember to experiment to find out what works for your audience.Media and EntertainmentBest Times: 3-6 PM, 9 PM - 12 AMBest Day: FridayWorst Days: Sunday and MondayFor media and entertainment companies, the best times to post on Instagram are between 3 PM and 6 PM and 9 PM and 12 AM, and the best day to post is Friday.Transportation and LogisticsBest Times: 9 AM - 12 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Sunday, Monday, Thursday, and FridayTransportation and logistics companies would benefit from posting in the morning, between 9 AM and 12 PM. Our respondents reported that Saturday was the best day to post.Advertising and Marketing OrganizationsBest Times: 9 AM - 3 PMBest Days: Monday, Thursday, Saturday, SundayWorst Days: Tuesday and FridayAdvertising and marketing organizations have countless options for posting on Instagram. The best time to post is during the work day from 9 AM to 3 PM, and the best days include Mondays, Thursdays, Saturdays, and Sundays. You’ll want to avoid Tuesdays and Fridays.Remember that the guidelines above are just that — guidelines. It’s essential to constantly gauge your engagement rates to find the best times to post for your specific audience. We recommend using the above data as a starting point, then adjusting slightly as time goes on.Best Time to Post Different Instagram Content TypesWhat about the different types of Instagram content? What is the best time to publish them and get a good engagement rate? Let’s take a look.Need help putting together your content? Our free content creation templates can help you get started.Best Time to Post Reels on InstagramWe recommend following the general guidelines. The best time to post Instagram Reels is in the evening between 6 and 9 PM, when engagement rates increase globally.That said, you can’t go wrong with posting Reels, because they’re so popular. Instagram CEO Adam Mosseri actively shares Instagram updates on Twitter, and many of his recent posts highlight new Reels features and emphasize the importance of this post type.Trusted resources offer the same tips for the best time to post Reels as for other types of content, such as Carousels and photos. You’ll want to post when your users are online, and that means carefully examining your engagement rates.The top tip for Reels timing is to post consistently. If your uploading days or times are sporadic, the algorithm won’t prioritize your account visibility.Best Time to Post Instagram VideosThe best time to post Instagram videos is between the hours of 6 and 9 PM.Best Time to Post Instagram StoriesThe best time to post Instagram Stories is between the hours of 6 and 9 PM. If you work in the B2B sector, you could also benefit from posting an Instagram Story at lunchtime (from 11 AM to 1 PM), where your business audience might be scrolling through their app. That said, global average engagement rates peak in the evenings.Best Time to Go Live on InstagramThe best time to go live on Instagram is in the evening, when users are unwinding for the day and have the time to watch a live broadcast.Best Time to Post Instagram CarouselsThe best time to post Instagram carousels and photos is between the hours of 6 and 9 PM.How to Find the Right Time to Post to Instagram for ReachData on the best posting times for Instagram is incredibly useful. That said, it‘s often most effective when you’re just starting out.As you continue to develop your presence on the platform, you might want to boost your results and do some posting time research on your own. The tips below are useful places to start.1. Use a Social Media ToolThe most effective way to find the best posting time on Instagram is to use a social media tool, which will allow you to post at different times without needing to log into Instagram each time.Social media software is useful not only because you won’t need to remember to log in to Instagram — you can simply schedule your posts — but because you can test and experiment more precisely.Plus, you can see your posting history through reports — there’s no need to go through your Instagram posts one by one.2. Experiment with Posting TimesTo find the best time to post for your brand, it’s essential to experiment.Our 2023 data strongly suggests that posting in the evening hours from 6 to 9 PM is a great place to start. Then, test out another time — such as lunchtime or mid-afternoon — and see if that changes engagement rates for your posts.Try to keep the type of posts you make consistent. For instance, test out posting times for Reels specifically, with similar caption lengths and subject matter. That way, the only variable is the posting time itself and not any other characteristic.3. Check Your Top PostsTracking your top posts can help you understand what posts are most popular and which topics draw the most engagement. It can also help you see how posting time impacts those factors.For example, is that recent post about company events the most exciting content for an online beauty company? Or did it generate the most likes last month because it was posted on Saturday evening, a top time for ecommerce engagement?You can use Instagram Insights to check out your top-performing posts, as well as factors like:Engaged audienceTotal followersMost active timesLIKE.TG customers: You can check the Top Posts report for a quick list of your top ten posts. You can also check interactions, clicks, shares, and impressions for each post.As you start to look at your social analytics, it can be tempting to focus on the numbers. But when you‘re looking at top posts, it’s important to stick with your creative side and to look at your numbers from your customer's point of view. As you check your top posts, ask yourself:What is special about this post?What kind of content is it?If it's a video, what makes this video stand out?If it‘s a photograph, how is this photo different from the others you’ve posted?Did you edit the post?Did you add text or design elements to the post?Is there something that ties the people who've liked this post together?Does this post connect to a current trend or event?You may want to gather top post insights for a few months before you dig into analyzing your post content. This can help you see the top content your users respond to and when they want to see that type of content.4. Track Competitor Posting TimesAnother way to choose the right time to post for your audience is to figure out who else has their attention. Starting with your top competitors helps you figure out when to post and what content works on different days and times. Competitive analysis can also help you:Learn about trends and benchmarks in your nicheUpdate your social strategyPinpoint new opportunitiesThere are a few ways to begin this research.First, just scrolling through Instagram can give you a wealth of competitor insights. Take a look at a brand's likes, hashtag copy, and how many hashtags they use. This can give you a quick profile of who follows that brand and what keywords they use, so it can hint at that competitor’s strategy.If you want to do more detailed research, there are many great tools to help you track your competition. For example, you can create competitor streams with LIKE.TG's social media software.With this feature, you can track multiple competitors at once and filter your results by social network or time period.5. Focus On EngagementStrong engagement on Instagram is between 1-5%. According to LIKE.TG research, the average engagement in 2021 was 5.86%. The average engagement rate for 2020 was just 2.26%, so these rates can change quickly.If you want to improve engagement, start by calculating your Instagram engagement rate. You can measure your rate with your all-time numbers, but it can be helpful to break this data into smaller sections, like months or weeks.That way you can see engagement patterns for your account over time. It can also make it easier to see how the times you post on Instagram could impact your engagement rate.Engagement rates show how people are reacting to your content. So, whether you're sharing Reels, going live on Stories, or posting polls, questions, and quizzes, you can measure your impact. Engagement rates can sway based on:Audience interestRelevanceSocial authorityIt's also important to remember that your most engaging content may not be as sticky at the same hours each day. Some content takes time to pick up views and shares before it makes an impact during peak engagement hours. Other content is like a firework — exploding quickly and disappearing just as fast.To optimize your post timing for engagement, you need to get organized. The best way to find an ideal posting time is by testing the timing of your posts to see which post time generates the most audience engagement.For example, what if you want to figure out when you get the most likes and comments on your Instagram carousels?Say you create and post five different carousels a week and post them at random times. That approach will make it tough to get data that shows you the best times to post carousels for engagement.But what if you post five similar carousels at a slightly different time each day? Then you can compare your engagement rates with the time you posted each carousel. This can show you the best time to post carousels for engagement so you can plan future carousels with those times in mind.6. Use Your DataWhen you're new to Instagram, follower and engagement numbers are often low. Numbers for posting time, content type, hashtags, and more can be so similar that you may not spot the patterns that can help you grow.Social media analytics can make these patterns easier to see and experiment with.For example, the audience section in Instagram Insights can show you the days and hours when your followers are active. You can use that information to create a posting schedule. This can help you see whether posting during peak hours improves your reach.At the same time, it's important to remember that anyone with an account has access to Instagram Insights. And according to our 2024 survey, 48% had 100k to 450k followers.So, there‘s a good chance that other brands are showing up in your followers’ feeds during that active time. You may want to post outside of active hours to see if your account draws more attention when there's less competition.It's great to have the best times on Instagram available when planning your strategy. But tracking your own data can give you the personalized insights you need to stand out.Boost Instagram Engagement on Your ScheduleOrganic Instagram engagement and a consistent posting schedule go hand in hand. Each industry has natural peaks and valleys of activity each day. This means that your Instagram strategy should flow with them.Use helpful resources, like this cheat sheet, to plan your social media calendar and watch your engagement rate soar.Editor's note: This post was originally published in February 2021 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    The Free and Paid Instagram Analytics Apps You Need in 2024
The Free and Paid Instagram Analytics Apps You Need in 2024
Using Instagram for marketing purposes is rapidly growing in popularity, with over 70% of companies using the platform in 2017, compared to less than 50% in 2016. It's important that you leverage Instagram for your own business, but once you start, it can be difficult to discern whether you're truly successful. Without the right metrics, you'll never know if you could be doing more to engage your audience or grow your following. There are plenty of Instagram analytics tools and apps to help you keep track of your progress and discover areas for improvement. Here, we'll focus on the best free Instagram analytics apps, so you can focus your money and efforts on the Instagram content itself. Free Instagram Analytics ToolsInstagram InsightsIconosquareSquarelovinCrowdfirePixleeUnion MetricsSocialbakers 1. Instagram Insights Key specialty: Followers and mentions If you have a business account on Instagram, you automatically have access to their free analytics tool, Instagram Insights. The Insights tool can show you when your audience is on Instagram, which of your posts are most popular, and your account's impressions and reach. Additionally, you can compare your original post with a promoted version of the post to figure out if your paid efforts are working. Unfortunately, you can only use the tool within the app (there's no desktop version), and it's not the most user-friendly, but it provides a good basic overview of your Instagram analytics for both individual posts, and your account as a whole. 2. Iconosquare Key specialty: Social monitoring Iconosquare is a three-in-one Instagram solution for social media marketing. The platform allows you to schedule new posts, monitor what people are saying about the industry (or your brand), and of course track your Instagram analytics. These analytics show you trends related to engagement, impressions, your posts' reach, and even how your Instagram Stories are performing. Iconosquare also includes hashtag and competitor tracking, allowing marketers to compare themselves against the people and topics they care about. The platform comes with a two-week free trial, as well as a variety of free tools such as a full Instagram Audit. 3. Squarelovin Key specialty: Follower insights Squarelovin's free Instagram Insights tool provides most of the information you'd need to conduct an analysis on your progress over the year — for instance, you can obtain a monthly analysis on your posts, or a history of your posts broken down by month, day, or even hour. Additionally, the tool offers insights into your followers' interests, and how to drive further engagement to your posts. You can even figure out the best time to post, depending on when your followers are most likely on the app. 4. Crowdfire Key specialty: Content curation Crowdfire allows marketers to schedule posts, measure their performance, and track mentions of their brand, as well as curate content related to their industry from all over the internet. The product delivers article and image recommendations from other websites, helping marketers expand their visibility when considering what content to include in their Instagram strategy. Crowdfire's analytics tools visualize your Instagram data in several user-friendly charts. They also drill down into a number of advanced metrics that show you how you're performing over long periods of time. 5. Pixlee Key specialty: Social reports Used by Kenneth Cole, Sonos, and plenty of other big brands, Pixlee offers an impressive free tool. It allows you to create shareable reports that you can distribute to your entire marketing team, and analyze metrics to figure out how to drive more engagement and attract new followers. Additionally, the tool helps you find influencers or brand advocates promoting your products, so you can create more effective influencer campaigns. 6. Union Metrics Key specialty: Hashtag analytics While it doesn't provide its Instagram Analytics tool for free, Union Metrics does offer a free monthly Instagram checkup. The checkup tells you which hashtags will increase your engagement, which posts resonate best with your audience, and what time your followers use the app. While the tool can't give you analytics beyond 30 days, it's a useful option for taking a look at short-term themes and patterns, and learning how you can quickly improve your metrics. 7. Socialbakers Key specialty: Competitive analysis While admittedly not the most visually appealing tool in the list, Socialbakers still offers critical information, including your most liked and most commented on posts, and your top performing filters. Additionally, Socialbakers offers an Instagram Report, which compares your own Instagram account to your competitors', to see where you fall in the industry and what you can do to improve. 8. Social Status Key specialty: Paid and organic reporting Social Status is a dedicated social media analytics and reporting tool for Instagram. Social Status supports full-funnel analytics for Instagram posts and Instagram Stories including impressions, reach, video views, engagements, and follower demographics. This tool is ideal for marketers who schedule their content with Creator Studio or other management tools. When you connect your Facebook Ad Account, Social Status provides analytics for all your paid campaigns on Instagram. For agencies, Social Status provides white-label analytics which allows you to add branding and customization when exported to CSV, PDF, PowerPoint, and Google Slides. The tool also supports competitive analysis and influencer analysis allowing you to bring all your Instagram analytics into one dashboard for analysis and reporting. Social Status is one of the few analytics tools that offer a free forever plan. Price: Free; $29/month for the starter plan Paid Instagram Analytics ToolsLIKE.TG Social InboxNapoleonCatSprout SocialHootsuiteSotrenderKeyholeHypeAuditorCommand 1. LIKE.TG Social Inbox Key specialty: Post scheduling and social analytics Using LIKE.TG's Social Inbox, you can easily build out campaigns and publish to multiple social platforms at once. You can also integrate your social inbox tool with your blog, enabling you to automatically share new content to your LinkedIn, Twitter, or other social channels the minute it gets published. Additionally, you can create custom keyword monitoring streams to keep track of conversations regarding your brand, to ensure you're consistently communicating with your prospects and customers wherever they are. Best of all, LIKE.TG's Social Inbox tool enables you to report on the success of your social strategy across every channel from one centralized location to clearly identify how your social team impacts the company's bottom line. This helps you keep track of the platforms that perform best for your brand, and tailor future campaigns for optimal ROI. Price: Included with Marketing Hub Professional 2. NapoleonCat Key specialty: Social inbox and analytics NapoleonCat is a social media management tool that you can use to manage and analyze your Instagram profile(s) alongside other social media accounts. You can track the best-performing hashtags to find content ideas and reach people who are not following you yet. Moreover, you can monitor what your competitors are doing, what and how often they post – and get inspired. Apart from in-depth profile and post-performance analytics, NapoleonCat allows you to keep an eye on your team’s performance. The tool’s other features include a robust social inbox, automated social media reports, post-scheduling, and multiple collaboration features. Price: 14-day free trial; prices start from $27/month. The price depends on how many users and profiles you add. 3. Sprout Social Key specialty: Post scheduling and hashtag analytics Sprout Social’s suite of Instagram analytics tools you can use to grow and manage your Instagram presence. Sprout Social’s platform allows you to analyze your key Instagram metrics, including: Instagram Story performance Instagram audience growth Instagram post performance Instagram hashtag performance And more You can also use Sprout to analyze how your competition performs on Instagram to ensure that you’re always ahead of the curve. You can start analyzing your Instagram performance today with a free 30-day trial of Sprout Social here. Price: 30-day free trial; Standard is $99 per user per month 4. Hootsuite Key specialty: Post scheduling and team collaboration You can use Hootsuite to create a customized dashboard that enables you to monitor analytics for multiple channels, including Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, and more. Additionally, you can use the tool to schedule hundreds of social media posts simultaneously across various platforms. With Hootsuite, you can collaborate with your entire team on social media campaigns and scale across the organization. For instance, Hootsuite offers features that enable you to assign tasks to various team members, create reports to share key metrics and insights with the team, and even track which employees or departments are posting the content with the highest ROI. Price: 30-day free trial; "professional" plan is $29 per month after that (which allows you to manage 10 different social media profiles) 5. Sotrender Key specialty: Organic and paid analytics Image Source As a business, it's important to collect your organic and paid KPIs seamlessly. Sotrender is a great tool to help you monitor your engagement, top content, user behavior, demographics, as well as ad-related metrics (CPC, CPM, audience share, sentiment). On top of that, you can easily analyze your competitors' social media performance and get invaluable insights into their strategy and communication. You can use this knowledge to craft the most robust social media strategy for your business and promote your brand. Last but not least, reporting is an essential element in your life as a social media manager. Sotrender can help streamline the process of preparing your monthly reports by sending them automatically into your inbox on a selected day. Price:14-day free trial, $59 for Starter 6. Keyhole Key specialty: Hashtag analytics This is a great tool for tracking the performance of individual hashtags on your social posts to ensure you're using the right hashtags for highest ROI. Used by over 5,000 agencies and marketers, Keyhole can provide critical metrics like your top Instagram hashtags by engagement, competitor activity, and your follower activity. Best of all, you can create customized hashtag reports for clients' to demonstrate the value of your social media campaigns. Additionally, if your brand regularly hires influencers to increase brand awareness and sales, you can use Keyhole to keep track of which influencers are most successful. This can help you tailor future influencer marketing campaigns to your needs. Price: 7-day free trial; $99 per month (it's typically $199/month but it's 50% off right now) for three keyword and account trackers, plus 20,000 posts per month. 7. HypeAuditor Key specialty: Influencer metrics If you're planning any sort of influencer marketing campaign, this is a good tool to check out. HypeAuditor's Instagram Reports allows you to analyze the quality of an influencer's audience, engagement rate, and audience insights including location, age, gender, and interests. These metrics can help you find influencers who engage most with your target audience, allowing you to create more powerful and effective influencer marketing campaigns. Additionally, the tool provides you with critical insights to ensure you choose the right influencer for your brand — for instance, you can use HypeAuditor to figure out other brands an influencer has worked with, and analyze sponsored post performance. Additionally, HypeAuditor provides an Audience Quality Score to ensure you're choosing authentic, engaging influencers for your upcoming campaigns. Price: $299/month for starter 8. Command Key specialty: Hashtag analytics This is one of the cheaper tools in the list that offers hashtag analytics, so if you don't have a huge budget for Instagram, it's a good one to check out. Command can show you which hashtags deliver the most engagement for your brand, as well as average likes and comments you get from different hashtags. Ultimately, this is a great tool for figuring out which hashtags drive the highest engagement for your brand. This can give you critical insights into your target audience's interests. For instance, if you notice #remotework is a hashtag that performs exceptionally well, you might consider using that insight to produce more remote content on your blog or other social channels to attract higher engagement across the board. Price: Free to download; $9.99/month for premium version

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    Instagram Takeover: How to Host One in 7 Easy Steps
Instagram Takeover: How to Host One in 7 Easy Steps
Influencer marketing is a trendy topic these days, but it doesn't require a lot of work or a ton of money to harness the power of influencers on your brand's social media channels — and hosting something called an Instagram takeover is one of the lowest-effort, most organic ways to do just that. Not sure what we're talking about? Instagram takeovers involve a person or brand posting on your Instagram channel to give followers a peek at new and unique content from another perspective. Here's an example of our friends at WeWork taking over our Instagram account: In this post, we'll dive into how to host your own Instagram takeover to drive engagement, brand awareness, and positive outcomes for your brand. What's an Instagram Takeover?An Instagram takeover is when someone temporarily takes over another Instagram account to share original content and engage with that account's audience. The most common Instagram takeovers are ones where an influencer or celebrity takes over a brand's account. But there are several different approaches to Instagram takeovers that can be beneficial to your brand. Other types of Instagram takeovers can include: Employee takeovers Customer or community member takeovers Event takeovers Product or offer promotions Instagram takeovers are mutually beneficial for the guest Instagrammer and the host account. The host can bring valuable new content to their followers without having to create it themselves, and the guest is able to reach an entirely new audience by posting on another account. Plus, Instagram takeovers help cultivate good-faith relationships between influencers that can create inroads for future collaboration and cross-promotion. Now, let's dive into how to get started with your Instagram takeover. How to Host an Instagram Takeover 1. Choose what you want to accomplish. Before choosing a guest to host your brand's Instagram, you have to determine what you want to achieve with the takeover. Ideally, your Instagram takeover will achieve multiple positive results — but choosing a primary goal of the campaign will help determine which type of guest to invite. Instagram takeover goals could include: Increasing brand awareness. This can be measured by the number of new followers the Instagram account gains as a result of the takeover. Promoting a product, event, or offer. This can be measured by the number of event registrations, offer redemptions, or lead form submissions as a result of the takeover. Driving engagement within the Instagram community. This can be measured by the number of likes, comments, video and story views, and link clicks as a result of the takeover. 2. Pick your guest Instagrammer. Now that you know your goal, you'll have an easier time finding a guest who can make it happen. For example, the team behind the award-winning musical Hamilton wanted to familiarize fans with the plays revolving cast members. To do this, Hamilton started #SwingSaturday on Instagram in which a cast member who is prepared to play multiple roles (known as a swing) takes over the official Hamilton Instagram. I Image source There are a few types of guest Instagrammers you can invite to create content for your takeover: Influencers within your industry Employees at your company Community members or customers While it's certainly possible for Instagram takeover guests to accomplish multiple goals, we recommend choosing your guest with the most effective strategy in mind. Influencers will draw their followers to your Instagram with their endorsement of your brand, so they're the best fit if your primary goal is to increase brand awareness by growing followers. Employees will attract interest from their friends and colleagues who want a behind-the-scenes look at what they do at work every day. They're the best fit if your primary goal is to drive engagement on Instagram. Community members and customers will post enthusiastically about your brand and show the value of your product. They're the best fit if your primary goal is to promote a product, event, offer, sign-up, or download. Again, these goals aren't mutually exclusive. Ideally, the content your guest creates will be highly engaging, shareable, and compelling to the viewer. 3. Decide on the content format and takeover logistics. Once you've figured out what you want to accomplish and who will host your takeover, it's time to nail down the specifics of how the takeover will run. Below are our suggestions of questions to answer when you meet with your takeover host: When are you hosting the Instagram takeover, and how long will it last? Who will manage the account? Will the guest get access to your Instagram credentials, or will they send you content and captions to post on their behalf? How many times per day will the host post takeover content? If you have an optimal publishing schedule in mind, what times per day will the host need to post? What hashtags will be used? Will you create a custom hashtag to promote the takeover? Is there a maximum amount of hashtags you want the guest to use in any given caption? Which types of content will be shared during the takeover? Will the guest post photos, videos, Instagram Stories, or live videos? Will they post a combination of these formats? How will both the guest and the host promote the takeover on Instagram? Will you agree to promotion on Instagram or other channels leading up to the event? Are there any guardrails? Is there anything the guest shouldn't record or mention over the course of the takeover? Once the details of the takeover are finalized, decide how you'll measure success over the course of the event. 4. Determine metrics to track during the takeover. Depending on the goals of your Instagram takeover, some of these metrics will be more important than others. Below are the metrics we recommend tracking over the course of your takeover: # of new followers # of likes # of comments # of mentions # of direct messages # of Instagram Story views # of live video viewers # of Instagram Story clicks # of offer redemptions/app downloads (if you promote a landing page) # of attendees or sign-ups (if you promote an event) Total social referral traffic to your website Qualitative metrics to keep track of could also include positive comments on Instagram. 5. Promote the takeover across multiple platforms. Once you've figured out the details of your Instagram takeover, it's time to start getting people excited about it. A day or two before the event, start promoting your upcoming Instagram takeover. If there are any contests, giveaways, or other incentives for people to follow along, make those clear in your promotions. Of course, you need to promote the upcoming takeover on Instagram — especially if the takeover is happening within Instagram Stories or Instagram Live and you want to drive visitors to view those spots within the app. However, you also need to promote the takeover on other social media channels to attract as many people to your campaign as possible. This is especially necessary if your brand's Instagram account isn't as developed or engaged as other channels. The host and the guest should promote the takeover on a few of their channels leading up to the event to get both audiences as engaged and excited as possible. 6. Launch the takeover. On the day of the takeover, it's all systems go. Make sure you have one team member monitoring comments and one team member uploading content to Instagram (if applicable). Remember, users can now upload content from desktop computers in addition to the mobile app, which can make the process easier from the office. Throughout the day, cross-promote content that the guest is posting on their channels to help draw new people to your own Instagram takeover event. Make sure to communicate when the takeover is starting and ending. Note in captions when the first and last posts are happening so viewers aren't confused or abruptly left in the lurch, wondering if there's more content forthcoming. 7. Analyze the results. Once the takeover is over, it's time to analyze its performance. Use the performance data from the takeover to determine how (or if) you'll do your next takeover differently. Here are some questions to ask in your post-takeover analysis: Did we achieve our goal? Did you earn more Instagram followers, achieve high levels of engagement, or get visitors to sign up for your offer? Did we achieve secondary goals? Did the takeover result in other net benefits for your brand and your business? Was the takeover worthwhile? Did it save you time and energy creating your own content, or did it create extra work? Did it drive a push of traffic and engagement, or did numbers remain mostly the same? Even if the takeover doesn't drive hard numbers for your business's bottom line, takeovers are authentic and real. They also provide an inside look at an aspect of your brand or community followers don't normally see. And just because a takeover didn't achieve your desired results on the first launch it doesn't mean you shouldn't give it another try later. That's why you need to track its progress and results so that you can do better next time. Social media is about being social, so pay attention to qualitative feedback, too. If commenters respond positively to the takeover, take their feedback and use it for ideating future Instagram campaigns. Instagram Takeover Examples Here are examples of some excellent Instagram takeovers: 1. Broadway Plus To promote its brand to Broadway fans, Broadways Plus had Hadestown actress Kimberly Marable takeover the company's Instagram stories. The takeover was promoted the day before by sharing a clip of Kimberly and the rest of the cast singing during an NPR Tiny Desk concert. During the takeover, Marable shared exclusive behind-the-scenes footage of the Hadestown tour and gave followers of the account a glimpse into the day in the life of a Broadway performer. This worked in Marable's favor as well because doing so promoted the Hadestown tour to more Broadway fans. What I Like About This Instagram Takeover This takeover provided timely and relevant content to fans of Broadway by having a prominent star give an exclusive look into a current tour. Marable was able to share content that only she would have access to, making the takeover that much more valuable. View this post on Instagram 2. Fenty Beauty Celebrity makeup artist Nina Ubhi took over cosmetics brand Fenty Beauty's Instagram account stories in 2020. The goal was to show how makeup lovers can use brand's products to achieve the perfect spring look. During the takeover, Ubhi gave quick makeup tutorials using Fenty Beauty products while also showcasing her skills as a makeup artist. What I Like About This Instagram Takeover This takeover brings value to both current and potential Fenty Beauty customers. Not only did Ubhi promote the brand's products, but followers of the account learned how to apply the makeup and create new looks. View this post on Instagram 3. Billboard As we mentioned before, an Instagram takeover can be just as beneficial for the guest as it is for the host. For example, the boy band Why Don't We promoted their music and tour by taking over Billboard magazine's Instagram account. During the takeover, the band shared behind-the-scenes tour footage and live-streamed portions of their concerts. What I Like About This Instagram Takeover The takeover was a treat for general music fans as well as fans of the band thanks to the exclusive content and concert performances. The live-streamed concerts from the band's performances especially created an immersive experience for Billboard followers. 4. MS Association of America To raise awareness for multiple sclerosis, the MS Association of America had actress Selma Blair take over the association's Instagram to share her experience with the disease. During the takeover, Blair read an excerpt from her autobiography "Mean Baby: A Memoir of Growing Up" that details how MS has impacted her life. What I Like About This Instagram Takeover Having a celebrity living with MS be the guest for the takeover was a great way to raise awareness of the disease. The videos of Blair reading excerpts from her book gave a personal touch that provided insight and stirred emotions from followers. 5. ASOS Online clothing store ASOS teamed up with Neom Organics by having the organic beauty line company takeover the ASOS Instagram account. This showed ASOS customers that Neom is available at the online retailer and it introduced Neom Organics to a new audience. What I Like About This Takeover This is another great example of mutually beneficial takeover for both the guest and host. ASOS showed its range as an online retailer but showing that it sells more than just clothes and accessories — customers can also turn to the company for skincare needs as well. At the same time, Neom Organics used the opportunity to promote its products, reach new potential leads, and provide information on where its products can be found — at ASOS. And there you have it — a helpful checklist to launch a successful Instagram takeover and five examples to inspire you. For more ideas on how to drive results for your brand, follow us on Instagram, and download our guide to Instagram for business here. Has your brand ever hosted an Instagram takeover? Share with us in the comments below.

                    Instagram Shadowban Is Real: How to Test for & Prevent It
Instagram Shadowban Is Real: How to Test for & Prevent It
When you're trying to grow a following on Instagram, you depend on Explore and hashtag pages to expand your audience and reach. So it can feel more than a little disheartening when it suddenly seems like your content isn't showing up anywhere. If you feel like your posts are receiving fewer likes and comments suddenly, or aren't appearing for certain hashtags or on the Explore page, you might be shadowbanned. What is an Instagram Shadowban?An Instagram shadowban refers to the act of hiding or restricting a user's content without informing the user that it's happening. If you're shadowbanned, your content won't appear on anyone's feed, Explore, or hashtag pages unless they already follow you. This typically occurs when a user has violated Instagram’s community guidelines — or the content is otherwise deemed inappropriate. From Instagram's perspective, the objective of hiding "inappropriate" content makes sense (although its enforcement has been criticized.) Why does Instagram shadowban? Shadowbanning allows Instagram to filter out accounts that don't comply with their terms. Some people use inauthentic measures to expand their Instagram following, like buying followers or using hundreds of hashtags that are irrelevant to their content. If that's the case, it makes sense that Instagram hides content from those accounts so that only genuine and helpful content is promoted to users. While Instagram doesn't openly admit to shadowbanning, they released a statement on their Facebook business page in February 2019 that addressed the problem users were having with their content not showing up for certain hashtags. Their statement at least confirms the hashtag dilemma as a real one — but many speculate that the statement is Instagram's way of admitting to shadowbanning, without actually admitting it. It's important to note that Instagram changes its algorithm often, so those alterations could be the reason you have witnessed a drop in your engagement rate. However, shadowbanning could be a real tactic meant to hide users' content from the wider Instagram audience, and if you're being shadowbanned, it's important you take the necessary measures to get your content seen. Let's explore how to know if you're shadowbanned, as well as our tips for getting yourself off the list. Did Instagram shadowban me?Those with a professional account can now check to see if their content is being recommended to other users with Instagram’s Account Status feature. From Account Status, you can view if content you posted violated Instagram’s recommended guidelines. ✅ Account Status Update ✅We're expanding Account Status so professional accounts can understand if their content may be eligible to be recommended to non-followers.Here's how to get to it: Profile -> Menu -> Settings -> Account -> Account Status pic.twitter.com/QbxjQF06vR— Adam Mosseri (@mosseri) December 7, 2022 Simply navigate to your profile on the app, then Menu > Settings > Account > Account status. With this feature, you can verify what is affecting your account (if anything) and get suggestions for how to remedy it. If you don't have a professional account, there's an easy test to figure out if your account is shadowbanned. Am I shadowbanned on Instagram?First, post an image with a hashtag that isn't often used. (If you use a hashtag that has millions of posts associated with it, it'll be hard to tell if content is banned, or just hidden by competition). Once you've posted, ask five employees or people who don't follow you to search the hashtag. If none of them see your post in those results, you've likely been shadowbanned. If one or two of your employees can see your post, you might simply be dealing with a drop in engagement. If that's the case, you can take a number of steps to fix this. Check out our Instagram Marketing: The Ultimate Guide for tactical advice on improving your reach and engagement. While the method above is a simple way to test whether you've been shadowbanned, it may not be feasible for your business. Maybe you're the sole proprietor and employee of your small business. In that case, you can't ask employees to check their hashtag feeds and you might not want to ask your customers. Below are other ways you can test whether you've been shadowbanned. Instagram Shadowban Test There is no foolproof test to tell if you've been shadowbanned on Instagram. While there are tools that advertise they can do exactly that, these tools are not reliable. Instead, try the steps below. Check your hashtag pages. If you look at pages of hashtags you regularly use and see a message that posts have been hidden, it's possible you've been shadowbanned for using those hashtags. Take a look at the message below for the hashtag "mustfollow." Since users reported recent posts using this hashtag as not meeting Instagram's community guidelines, it's possible Instagram may be hiding your content with this hashtag (even if yours is not in violation of any guidelines). Check Instagram Insights. Looking at Instagram Insights, if you notice a sudden and sustained drop in engagement, then it's possible you've been shadowbanned. One of the best metrics to look at is percent of accounts reached that weren't following you. Take a look at the difference in "discovery" of the two posts below. This blogger duo went from reaching over 70K accounts, 32% of which weren't following them, to reaching a little over 40K, of which only 4% weren't already following them. This drop cued the bloggers in that their account had been shadowbanned. If you believe you've been shadowbanned, don't worry — we have a solution for you. Why am I shadowbanned? There are a few potential reasons your account could have been shadowbanned. To ensure this doesn't happen again, let's explore some actions you might have taken that led you to being shadowbanned. 1. You use bots or another automated "Instagram growth" tool. If you aren't putting in the hard work yourself, you're not growing a following authentically. Instagram frowns on this — in their statement above, for instance, they encourage users to have a strategy that focuses on connecting with the right audience. Using bots is a spammy tactic, and could result in a shadowban. 2. You use broken hashtags. Occasionally, a popular hashtag will become overrun with inappropriate content. When this happens, Instagram can remove the hashtag or limit its use. If you use a broken hashtag, it will prevent your other hashtags from ranking, and could also result in a blocked account. 3. Your account is often reported. When users repeatedly report an account, Instagram will assume your account is posting inappropriate content or violating their terms of service. They might disable your account, or they could shadowban it. 4. You've been posting, commenting, engaging, or following people too quickly. Instagram places time constraints on how often you can follow, unfollow, like, comment, or post within an hour or day. This makes sense — if you're following 80 people within an hour, it's likely a bot doing the work, not you. These actions might help you grow a following quickly, but they can't help you connect with the right people, which is why you're on Instagram in the first place. Additionally, these behaviors likely result in shadowban, which severely restricts your exposure to a new audience. How to Fix an Instagram Shadowban To get your account back to normal, you'll want to reverse the damage. Here's how: 1. If you use a bot or another automated service, stop and delete it immediately. To make sure the accounts aren't still attached to you, go to your desktop Instagram and click "Edit Profile", and then "Apps and Websites". If you see any of your bot accounts in the Active tab, click "Remove" to remove them from your account completely. Remember, it's better to have 100 followers who love your brand and purchase your products, than 1,000 followers who never buy from you or interact with your content. 2. Don't use hashtags that have been banned. Take a look at Kicksta's list of banned hashtags for 2023, and make sure to remove all broken hashtags from your content. Here's a few from the list: Moving forward, be selective and careful with the hashtags you choose, and when in doubt, take a look at the hashtag's page — Instagram will likely post a message like, "Recent posts from #summer2023 are currently hidden … ", which will indicate to you that the hashtag is no longer in use. 3. Use a content warning when applicable. For sensitive topics, it’s best to be proactive and warn viewers of content they might find upsetting. While you can’t apply Instagram’s new Sensitive Content feature to your own posts, there is a workaround. To do this, you’ll need to create a slideshow post with the warning image first so that users can decide whether or not to continue. Start by using the Story editing feature. Go to your profile within the app > New Post > Story > Create. Select the image or background you want for the first slide and type out your warning message Click Next and save the image. Now it’s ready for use along with your sensitive content. Simply make this the first slide in your new post. 4. Take a two-day break. People have reported a full 48-hour break from using their Instagram accounts can reset the system and get you back on track, and it's worth the temporary social media cleanse anyway, isn't it? 5. Follow Instagram's rules and regulations. Read and follow Instagram's Terms of Use, Community Guidelines, and Recommendation Guidelines. Some notable takeaways from these documents are: Only share content you created or have permission to share Don't post content that's false or misleading Do share content that's appropriate for anyone to see The Foolproof Way to Avoid the Instagram Shadowban The simplest way to avoid being shadowbanned on Instagram is to post helpful, authentic content, and abide by best practices when growing your audience. It will take longer to do this, but slow and steady wins the race — and doesn't get shadowbanned. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2019 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How to Become Instagram Famous (From 14 People Who Did)
How to Become Instagram Famous (From 14 People Who Did)
Instagram is no longer just about connecting with friends -- in 2018, it has become an incredibly powerful platform for finding your voice and creating a business. In fact, Instagram's estimated mobile advertising revenue is expected to reach 6.8 billion U.S. dollars in 2018, compared to 1.8 billion two years ago. Nowadays, Instagram is capable of turning stay-at-home moms into successful hat designers, or a woman working in corporate wealth management into a world traveler. So it's no surprise you want to become an Instagram influencer, and reach a large audience with your own personal brand.Download Now: Free Instagram for Business Kit + Templates Since I myself am not an Instagram influencer (I think an average 60 likes per post falls a little short of most brands' minimum for sponsorship opportunities), I set out to interview some real Instagram influencers in the industry, so you can get the full scoop. Throughout my conversations with these influencers, one thing became abundantly clear -- the term "famous" makes most of them uncomfortable. Apparently, "famous" denotes something less substantial than what most of these people are chasing. As Emma Hoareau (@ emmahoareau), a beauty and travel influencer who boasts nearly 40k followers, tells me, "Don't set out to be Instagram famous! Create beautiful work and use the app as a source of inspiration ... not a numbers competition." If you think about it, "fame" and "influence" are two drastically different measures of success. While fame is measured by a certain number, influence is measured by something a little less quantitative -- a deep, authentic connection with your audience. Here, we've compiled some critical tips from fourteen Instagram influencers, so you can get one step closer to sharing your brand with the world and influencing your own audience. How to Become Instagram Famous Make sure your content is genuine and authentic. Remain flexible and authentic as your brand shifts. Focus on your audience. Find micro-brands. Refine your photography skills. Be persistent. How to Become Instagram Famous Creating authentic Instagram content can help you on the road to becoming a social influencer whom businesses want to work with, but doing it right is just as important. Here's how to make your mark in Instagram, step-by-step. 1. Make sure your content is genuine and authentic. Across the board, all the influencers in this list insisted on one tried-and-true practice -- authentic content. Emily Roberts (@ thelipstickfever), pictured above, is a fashion and beauty influencer with over 57k followers. She told me, "Focus on quality over quantity when it comes to your content. It's better to post top notch images less frequently, than to post something subpar very frequently." To me, this makes sense -- the same is true for any type of content creation. An audience would rather read one high-quality Facebook status than a hundred less interesting ones. At LIKE.TG, we'd prefer to publish a few exceptional pieces of content per day, rather than laboring away to produce hundreds of barely average pieces. Emma Hoareau (@ emmahoareau) concurred: "Make sure the content you're sharing is true to yourself, and try not to compare yourself to others." Of course, authenticity is easier said than done, particularly when you're following other accounts and feeling envious of their posts or their brand image. You might, at times, doubt your ability to remain honest about your life when it's tempting to portray something a little shinier. Nic and Nat (@ sneakymommies), two women who create kid-friendly, healthy recipes on their Instagram account and have over 6,000 followers, say you should "stay authentic and always be you. This means being truthful and honest about who you are both online and offline and staying true to your personal brand." Morgan Raphael (@ bun_undone) a health, wellness, and inspiration influencer with nearly 15k followers, offers some advice when it comes to whether or not you need to find a niche. "I heard a lot of advice to find your niche and what makes you stand out, but truthfully, if you share your real self, people will relate and therefore respond by continuing to follow you and engage with your content." Finally, Chelsea Martin (@ passporttofriday), a travel blogger and influencer with over 17k followers, says commitment to your brand is critical -- "don't take just any collaboration offer that comes through the door. Stay loyal to your personal brand and your followers will stay loyal to you." While it can be tempting to take the first sponsorship offer you receive, long-term growth is about remaining committed to partnering with brands that can offer meaningful value to your audience, as well. 2. Remain flexible and authentic as your brand shifts. When you follow Instagram influencers, you might feel like they joined the app with an inherent and instant understanding of their brand -- at least, that's how I've always felt. To verify this, I asked Nicole Loher (@ nicoleloher), a health and fitness influencer with over 14k followers, whether she knew what she wanted her brand to be when she first created her Instagram account. Nicole told me, "I've always had a really pure goal to share a super authentic glimpse into my life -- no matter if it's good or bad -- because I ultimately moved to New York not knowing anyone … And 'making it' here was never and still is not easy. I think as my following began to amass, I realized I had a real platform to be an advocate for projects, communities and brands, I'm passionate about -- the most notable one being the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society. That said, about three years ago, my brand started to shift. I went from being a girl who worked in fashion and beauty, to a competitive triathlete. It wasn't something I set out to do -- it just shifted as my life shifted!" It seems a key factor in remaining authentic and true to your audience is, ironically, allowing yourself to change direction. If your audience believes they're getting a glimpse into the real you, and if they feel connected to you, they'll ideally want to grow and change with you as you move throughout stages of your Instagram, and real life, journey. 3. Focus on your audience. We've discussed remaining authentic and flexible as you create a brand identity on Instagram. Now, let's consider why this is important -- audience loyalty. An influencer doesn't become an influencer without creating a strong community, and developing a connection, to her audience. Emily Roberts (@ thelipstickfever) says, "Always make sure you're focused on driving value to your audience, and hone in on what makes you truly unique." Ultimately, becoming an Instagram influencer is a professional role like anything else, so it's important you consider what you can offer your audience. Lauren Caruso (@ laurencaruso_), a fashion influencer who boasts nearly 35k followers, advises, "Step one is definitely finding your niche, then figure out how to offer some sort of a service to the audience. It can be anything from outfit ideas, creative direction ideas, or helping them discover new brands -- just make sure you stay true to your aesthetic, rather than trying to be everything to everyone." Finally, Nic Nat (@ sneakymommies) told me, "People will want to connect with you if they view you as being relatable (human!), so being honest and sharing the good and the bad is what they want to see." There's a reason the hashtag #nofilter has been used over 235 million times, compared to #sponsorship, which barely passes the 400,000 mark. Ultimately, Instagram is a platform meant to connect real people with true experiences. Make your audience feel like they're getting a glimpse into your challenges, and they're more likely to cheer on your successes. 4. Find micro-brands to work with. Once you've created a brand and grown a loyal following, you might feel ready to reach out and get endorsed by certain brands. But direct messaging Nike or L'Oréal might not be your best initial strategy. Instead, Puno (@ punodostres), a micro-influencer and business founder with over 14k followers, emphasizes the importance of micro-brands: "Micro-brands on Instagram are awesome, mostly because they are small businesses that are open to trade. Similar to you, they're looking to build their following. If you're an influencer with under 10k followers, product for trade is a great place to start creating content you want to get paid for, especially if you can find brands you love and are in the same boat (socially). Plus, they are more likely to mention and regram you." To find micro-brands, Puno suggests you use PeopleMap.co, a micro-influencer tool she created (the tool is used by clients like Refinery29 and Etsy). You can also find micro-brands by searching for hashtags related to your expertise. For instance, #healthyeating might connect you with brands, or other influencers, in a similar industry. Once you find brands you're interested in working with, you can either direct message or email them. Additionally, Jackson and Graham Buoy (@ thebrothersbuoy), two food influencers with over 11k followers, told me, "One of our absolute favorite things to do is work with smaller brands or new restaurants who are still finding their voice and help them tell their story visually. We only promote things on our feed that we genuinely care about or use ... We just don't see the point behind content that is so obviously paid for and doesn't align with someone's personal brand, as it really defeats the whole idea of 'influencing.'" For more information on sponsorships, check out, "How to Get Sponsored on Instagram (Even if You Currently Have 0 Followers)". 5. Refine your photography skills. Oftentimes, it's easy to feel like your iPhone and Instagram filters are enough -- and, sometimes, they are. But to set yourself apart as an influencer, versus just an Instagram user, it might be worthwhile to invest in better photography and editing equipment. Chelsea Martin (@ passporttofriday) says, "A professional camera and a great lens could make the difference between a good photo and an amazing photo -- which has more potential of being reposted by other accounts, therefore growing your audience." To set yourself apart, consider going the extra mile. Invest in equipment or a photography course to improve your skills. Jackson and Graham Buoy (@ thebrothersbuoy), advise, "Investing in equipment is a great idea, but if you don't know how to use it, it won't get you anywhere. We would recommend spending money on sites like Skillshare, or even investing time in YouTube tutorials about photography and editing basics. Once you feel comfortable with that stuff and know you can take a good photo, then graduate to some higher quality equipment." Ultimately, you want to provide your audience with something valuable. Like any service, using the proper tools and taking online courses could lead to a bigger pay-off in the long run. 6. Be persistent. As with any profession, one of the most critical components to becoming successful on Instagram is persistence. Morgan Raphael (@ bun_undone) says, "I preach patience and self-love. Don’t give up, continue to write or post consistently and in time it will flourish. The comparison game can easily get in your head if you’re focused on numbers, so instead, focus on the meaningful content you’re sharing, remain proud of your work and keep going." Becoming an influencer isn't easy, and while it can be incredibly rewarding, it's only possible if you're willing to put in the time. Being passionate about your content will help you push through the challenging times. Christina, Jeannie Eli (@ fitcityblonde), three fitness influencers with over 8,000 followers, advise, "Post content that you're passionate about, build genuine and authentic connections, and GRIND. Don't be afraid to reach out to people to build your network, especially in person. Instagrammers often hide behind their pages, so it's unique when you're willing to establish actual human connections. All in all, keep it real, and work your tail off." I think we can all agree, whether it's influence or fame you're after, worthwhile endeavors are never easy -- but, hopefully, these influencer tips make your experience a little easier.

                    6 Expert B2B Instagram Tips for 2022
6 Expert B2B Instagram Tips for 2022
With more than 800 million monthly users, Instagram is a force to be reckoned with. If you're a B2B brand, you might think the hype isn't relevant to you -- but it most certainly is.As it stands, there are thousands of brands and a number of high-profile B2B organizations using Instagram to drive brand awareness, engage with their audience, and ultimately, to attract new customers.To inspire you to take your Instagram game to the next level this year, our team at The B2B Marketing Lab wanted to share some concise, actionable tips you can put into practice right away.1. Use authentic, real-time user-generated content.Forget stock photography and staged promotional pictures -- it’s time to go real-time. On Instagram, your prospects and leads want authentic content that offers a personal glimpse into your company's culture and product offerings.Real-time content, such as live video/live streaming, is unfiltered and 100% you. It adds a much-needed human element to B2B businesses, and helps you form a genuine connection with your audience and potential customers. Extremely professional-looking content can often feel cold and dispassionate -- your customers want to know there are real people and real stories behind the branding.2. Go fast, and mix it up.Instagram makes it incredibly easy for you to post photos or videos on your phone directly through its application. Just fire the application up, press the add button and select the photo or video you want to upload -- it’s that simple.The advantage of this is that you don’t have to spend ages creating content. You can upload a variety of content wherever, whenever, without much pre-planning or editing required. Different types of content will not only attract and appeal to different members of your audience, but also show different sides to your business. No one wants to just look at images or just quotes on Instagram all day now, do they?3. Get involved in your niche.Stop looking through the window at what’s going on inside. Join the party.Just like any other social media channel, it’s important that you not only post content to your feed, but also partake in the wider conversation. Don’t just post images and videos, reply to your community when they leave a response. Take the time to check out other Instagram profiles, have a browse, like some content and maybe leave a friendly comment here and there.If you take the time to engage with others, they're more likely to take the time to engage with you.4. Make the most of the link in your bio.While Instagram doesn’t let you link to websites within the captions of posts, you can include one in your bio. You can include up to 150 characters in your Instagram bio -- including a link. Your bio is the perfect real estate for a link to your latest blog post or offers. You can also use tools such as Linktree to create a custom link that includes a page with more links, allowing you to share up to five links and get the most out of your bio link!Alternatively, Instagram Stories are a great way of including links with your content. However, stories only last for 24 hours -- this is a limitation, but also a fantastic tool for you to provide real-time offers and value.5. Tell a story with every single post.On Instagram, the businesses that tell the most interesting stories build the largest audiences. If you want to attract people to your business and get them to engage with you, you need consistent visual storytelling that cuts through all the noise on Instagram.Don't limit your focus to your general photo and video feed. Instagram’s Stories feature allows you to create a slideshow or montage of photo or video. When strung together, tell a story and provide your audience with a more personal experience.6. Stay away from vanity metrics.Vanity metrics don't tell the whole story. While an increase in clicks and likes are beneficial, they don't tell you if the right people are actually interested your content. Instead, look for indicators of real engagement, such as people commenting on your posts and new followers in your niche. These two metrics give a better indication of how well you are performing and how much exposure your business is actually getting.Take the time to consider Instagram.While it has predominantly been used by B2C brands up to this point, it holds great potential for B2B businesses when utilized correctly -- and with the points above in mind!

                    30 Fashion Brands That Marketers Can Learn From on Instagram
30 Fashion Brands That Marketers Can Learn From on Instagram
Between carefully curated photos, expertly targeted ads, and decisive adoption of Instagram stories, no other B2C industry has thrived on Instagram, much like the beauty and apparel industry. Some of the best clothing brands on Instagram are masters of consumer engagement, and businesses from any industry could learn something from these inspirational feeds. In this post, we’ve compiled a list of 30 clothing brands — both big and small — crushing the game. For a deeper dive into how to build a presence on Instagram, check out our complete guide to Instagram marketing. 30 of the Best Clothing Brands to Follow on Instagram 1. Telfar @telfar Telfar is a luxury brand well known for its bags and clothing. Like many brands on the list, it uses Instagram to share information about its products paired with high-quality product photos, videos, and user-generated content. 2. J.Crew @jcrew J.Crew has mastered the art of follower engagement on Instagram. Its vibrant feed inspires followers, whether via daily updated Stories, in-feed product announcements, or style inspo. View this post on Instagram 3. Anthropologie @anthropologie With colorful images of its bright and patterned styles, Anthropologie’s feed is a visual smorgasbord of inspiration. 4. Girlfriend Collective @girlfriend Girlfriend Collective experienced explosive social media growth after advertising a free leggings promotion. Its feed engages customers with stunning product photography of its minimal styles and funny memes related to its products. 5. BRKLN Bloke @brklynbloke Brkln Bloke is a Brooklyn-based streetwear brand that has mastered the art of sharing its products in the wild, helping followers get styling inspiration for their purchases. 6.Nike @nike The behemoth athletic brand has enthusiastically embraced video content and regularly shares clips with its impressive 263 Million followers. Its feed features a motivational mix of professional athletes and everyday people, which directly aligns with its brand mission that Nike is for everyone. View this post on Instagram 7. Paloma Wool @palomawool >In the image below, Paloma Wool shares a carousel of photos showing audiences different ways to wear one of its products, the Berlin multi-position belt. This gives wearers and audiences inspiration for how to use the product and can also inspire a new purchase if someone sees a style they like. 8. Kate Spade @katespadeny Despite being a well-established label, Kate Spade’s Instagram has a distinct personal touch that sets it apart from similar brands. Its profile features outfit pictures, snaps from around New York, and behind-the-scenes shots of the design process at the Kate Spade Studio. View this post on Instagram 9. Hermoza @the_hermoza Hermoza leverages one of Instagram's impactful native features — shoppable posts and a storefront. Each post has a “View Shop” CTA, and clicking on it leads audiences to an Instagram storefront where they can discover more products or even make a purchase without leaving the app. 10. House of Sunny @houseofsunny House of Sunny’s approach to Instagram is worth replicating as it ensures followers always have a source for inspiration for using its products. It specifically calls attention to styling opportunities with a permanent Story Highlight called “As Seen On,” where people can click through a series of UGC to discover unique ways to style its clothing. 11. Eileen Fisher @eileenfisherny Eileen Fisher emphasizes its quality materials and environmentally friendly production processes on Instagram, and landing on its profile brings you to three pinned posts displaying the lifecycle of the products it uses and how it champions sustainability. View this post on Instagram 12. Sandy Liang @sandyliang Sandy Liang is well known for creating unique versions of everyday staples. On Instagram, the brand shares lookbooks for its clothing and accessories, giving followers inspiration for what and how to wear its products. The image below is a lookbook giving inspo on what to wear when visiting a friend. 13. Asos @asos British online fashion retailer ASOS updates its feed regularly with colorful and bold product features. It stands out from the crowd with a video-first Instagram strategy, only rarely sharing still photos, allowing followers to interact and engage with content. View this post on Instagram 14. Aerie @aerie Scrolling through Aerie’s Instagram feed is like taking a tropical beach getaway. The lingerie and bathing suit brand has been applauded for its commitment to unretouched photos in its print ads, and it continues this effort on its Instagram, creating a cohesive brand image. 15. Ziran @theziran Ziran merges ancient Chinese techniques, luxury fashion, and sustainable practices to create its clothing brand. On its Instagram, behind-the-scenes content about how the brand came to be, gives people a glimpse into the people and processes that bring their favorite brand to life. 16. Aime Leon Dore @aimeleondore Aime Leon Dore shares product announcements in videos that align with the product's intended use. For example, the video below announces an upcoming collaboration with Woolrich, a brand well-known for its durability. The video features models in activities that might cause wear and tear to everyday products, but not those from the Aime Leon Dore x Woolrich collab. View this post on Instagram 17. Lisa Says Gah @lisasaysgah It often uses Instagram for restock announcements so its followers know when their favorite products are available for purchase again. Doing this also helps drive more followers to the platform, as people will see Instagram as a way to get the most up-to-date information on their favorite brand. 18. Tach @tach_clothing >Tach uses Instagram to share exciting behind-the-scenes content. The image below is a sneak peek into its line sheets, which are usually only used as a sales tool to present products to buyers. Audiences are let in on its behind-the-scenes activity, which can be exciting. >19. Fossil @fossil If you like photos of neatly organized items, then Fossil’s Instagram is for you. The accessories brand curates an impressive feed of food, fashion, and celebrities like James Phelps, generating audience excitement if they recognize their favorite actor. View this post on Instagram 20. Everlane @everlane Everlane’s account has no shortage of beautiful product imagery, but it also features photos of customers wearing its clothes, inspiring travel photography, and tips on food and art destinations worldwide, giving audiences a well-rounded experience on its profile. >21. Bode @bode >Bode is well known for its quilted jackets and one-of-a-kind clothing items. On Instagram, it shares videos explaining the background and inspiration for its collections, giving followers insight into the brand, its values, and what it stands for. View this post on Instagram 22. Teva @teva Teva’s Instagram feed is proof that it’s possible to give your brand a modern update without losing the spirit of what made you successful in the first place. Its feed includes user-generated content of its shoes out in the wild and sleek product photos highlighting new styles. 23. Zara @zara Zara has made a name for itself by emulating the marketing of luxury brands, and its Instagram feed is no exception. Its account looks like a high-fashion magazine, with professional editorial shots of its varied clothing styles. 24. Fjällräven @fjallravenofficial The Instagram feed for Swedish outdoor apparel brand Fjällräven is less about its products and more about the adventurous spirit that has defined the company for almost 60 years. 25. Madewell @madewell Apparel brand Madewell is known for its relaxed, classic styles, and its Instagram clearly reflects this aesthetic. With bright sunny images of its latest products and collaborations, its feed is a fashion lover’s delight. 26. The Row @therow Another account that focuses less on its products and more on visual inspiration, The Row features vintage photos of art, architecture, and fashion — only occasionally sharing images and actual products — where they share a brand aesthetic that is bigger than just what it sells. 27. Santos by Monica @santosbymonica Santos by Monica’s Instagram grid is eye-catching as every post uses the same color scheme and creates a pleasing browsing experience, building a cohesive brand identity and helping people develop brand recognizability for its specific color schemes and hues. 28. Carhartt WIP @carharttwip Carhartt Work In Progress announces sales on its Instagram profile, a valuable way to ensure your different audiences are aware of your brand promotions. For example, if your Instagram followers aren’t subscribed to your mailing list, they won’t receive your newsletter announcing the sale, but they’ll see it in their feed. View this post on Instagram

                    41 Instagram Features, Hacks, & Tips Everyone Should Know About
41 Instagram Features, Hacks, & Tips Everyone Should Know About
Did you know you could schedule your Instagram posts in advance? Or optimize your bio to appear in the Explore tab?There are countless lesser-known Instagram features, settings, hacks, and search options to help take your Instagram game to the next level. And we've compiled them all, here.Whether you’re a recruiter looking to showcase company culture, a eCommerce marketer, or just an individual looking to use Instagram in the best ways possible, here are Instagram tips and features for you to use.Note: Before getting started, make sure you're operating on the latest version of Instagram. At the time of publishing this guide, the latest version is 273on iOS and on Android. Please also note that although this article might demonstrate each tip below using an iPhone or Android device, all items on this list are available for both operating systems and can be enjoyed using the same step-by-step instructions.41 Hidden Instagram Hacks, Tips, and FeaturesInstagram Account Features1. Add and manage multiple accounts from the same device.Have a separate account for your dog? Don't be embarrassed; stand by your puppy profile. In fact, whether it's a pet account or a business account, you can add and manage this one right alongside your personal account.Here's how:From your profile, tap the gear icon. To find this icon on an Android device, you'll first need to tap the three horizontal lines to the top right of your screen.Scroll to the very bottom and tap "Add Account."Add your other account by username and password, and you're all set.To toggle between both profiles, hold down your profile picture in the navigation bar to view all connected accounts.2. See all the posts you've liked.Ever wanted to see the post you’ve liked all in one place? All you have to do is go to your profile, click the three lines on the top right (on Android and iOS), tap “Your Activity,” tap “Interactions,” and then click “Likes.”With this, you can see 300 of the last posts you’ve liked.To un-like any posts you've Liked, simply go to the post and deselect the "heart" icon below it. Don't worry — the user won't be notified that you've un-Liked the post.3. Hide, delete, or disable comments and likes on your posts.Twitter may carry a more "anything goes" culture of commentary, but your Instagram is your domain — and it's much easier to control who says what on your content. This is especially important if you manage a business account.To Filter Comments by Keyword:Navigate to Settings and tap “Privacy,” then “Hidden Words.” You can toggle “Hide comments” to filter general offensive words or click “Manage custom words and phrases for messages, comments, and posts” to add custom filters.To Delete Comments:Tap the speech bubble icon below the comment you'd like to delete, and swipe lightly to the left over this text. Select the garbage can icon that appears to delete this post. You can also do this to your own comments.To Disable Comments Entirely:To clarify, you can't turn off comments across your entire profile; you can only disable them for individual posts.To do so, start posting an image on which you'd like nobody to comment. When you reach the page to add a caption, tags, and location, tap "Advanced Settings" at the very bottom. This will open a screen where you can easily switch on an option labeled "Turn Off Commenting."4. Clear your Instagram search history.To clear your Instagram search history (on Android and iOS), go to your profile, tap Settings, then “Your activity.” Tap “Recent searches” and click “Clear all.”5. Add another Instagram account to your bio.Perhaps your company has more than one Instagram account for different aspects of your brand. For instance, LIKE.TG has a verified LIKE.TG account, a LIKE.TG Life account, a LIKE.TG Academy account, and a LIKE.TG Partners account.To draw awareness back to its main company page, then, LIKE.TG links to the @LIKE.TG account in its other account bios, like in @LIKE.TGLife's account:Fortunately, you have the option to include another Instagram account in your Instagram bio. To do so, simply type the "@" sign into your Bio, and then select the account you'd like to tag. Then, click "Done."6. Communicate with your audience using Instagram Broadcast channels.Broadcast Channels is Instagram's newest feature, and it is a messaging tool for creators to engage directly with a large group of followers.Creators can share updates and behind-the-scenes content as text, video, voice notes, and images. Followers can't send messages but can enjoy the content, react to content, and vote in polls.As of February 2023, the feature is currently in Beta mode for U.S. creators only.Instagram Design Features7. Add special fonts to your bio.Here's an Instagram bio hack that can truly make your profile stand out. You can already add emojis to the bio beneath your profile photo, but your keyboard limits your creativity right there.Using a couple of basic third-party websites, you can copy over some more special fonts not often found in the Instagram community. Here's how.To Add a Special Font to Your Bio via Mobile:Add a new font to your Instagram bio via your mobile device using a website like LingoJam. Open the site on your phone, type your desired bio text in the lefthand text box, and you'll see the same bio text in different typefaces appear on the right.Carry your chosen font over to your Instagram bio by tapping it and selecting "Copy." Then, open your Instagram app, navigate to your profile, select "Edit Profile," tap the "Bio" section and paste your chosen font into the empty field.To Add a Special Font to Your Bio on Desktop:If you're editing your Instagram profile on your laptop or desktop, Font Space has a library of fonts you can download and copy into your bio in seconds. To do so, Find a font you like and select "Download" beneath the font's sample image, as shown below.Downloading this font will open a folder on your desktop where you can pull a ".ttf" file that carries the various versions of this font. The file will look something like the screenshot below.Once you have this font copied to your computer's clipboard, open your internet browser and log onto Instagram.com. Select "Edit Profile" and paste your downloaded font into your bio field. You can then edit the sample text that came with your font to write your new bio as you see fit.8. Add special characters to your bio.Not only can you customize your bio with a special font, but you can also add atypical characters that distinguish you or your brand — but that you wouldn't find on your smartphone's normal keyboard. These include§,†, or even™ if your Instagram name features a trademarked product name.To Add Special Characters From MobileUsing your mobile device, install a free mobile app like Character Pad, which catalogs nearly every character and symbol you might need but won't find in the 26-letter English alphabet.Open the app and find the character you want to add to your Instagram bio. In Character Pad, you'll simply double-tap the picture of your chosen symbol to paste it into a text box, as shown below. Then, copy this character to your phone's clipboard. (For our purposes, I double-tapped the half moon icon.)Once you have your symbol copied to your clipboard, open Instagram, navigate to your bio, and tap "Edit Profile."Hold down your finger on the field of your bio you want to insert your special character until "Paste" appears as an option, as shown below. Tap "Paste" and then "Done" you'll be all set.To Add Special Characters From a PCYou can also insert special characters and symbols through Instagram's web client on a desktop or laptop computer. The easiest way is to use Microsoft Word's "Symbol" insertion icon, as shown below.Select your desired symbol or character and copy it to your computer's clipboard. Then, navigate to Instagram.com and follow the steps above to paste your character into a particular part of your bio.You might be tempted to simply Google search the special character you want, and at times it might work just as well as the steps above. But keep in mind not all special characters you copy from the internet are "clean" when you paste them into Instagram — some of them might become corrupted or not show up correctly.9. Reorder filters to set your favorite filters at the front.If you use Instagram a lot, chances are, you have a few favorite go-to filters, and others you never touch. To make editing photos easier, you can reorder the filters in your editing window.To reorder filters, add a new post and begin editing it. When you get to the filters page, hold down on a filter you'd like to move, and then drag it to your preferred location.10. Use Instagram as a photo editor (without having to post anything).Perhaps you love Instagram's filters and editing capabilities, but aren't quite ready to post the photo to your account — right now, or ever. To use Instagram as a photo editor without posting anything, all you need to do is publish a picture while your phone is on airplane mode.First, be sure you have "Save Original Photo" turned on in your Instagram settings.Next, follow the normal steps to post a photo to Instagram: Upload the photo, edit it, and press "Share." An error message will appear saying the upload failed, but you'll be able to find the edited image in your phone's photo gallery.11. Insert line breaks into your bio and captions.When you write a caption in Instagram, you'll see the keyboard doesn't give you an option to press "Enter" or "Return." The same is true for your bio. So how do all those people put line breaks in there?It turns out that all you have to do is press the "123" key in the bottom left corner of the keyboard, and the "Return" key will appear on the bottom right.I know this tip sounds simple, but a lot of people miss it — myself included, until a colleague clued me in. We've seen some elaborate solutions out there for hacking through this problem, like writing the caption copy in another app, then copying and pasting it into Instagram. Thankfully, it's much simpler than that.Instagram Optimization Features12. Pin important content to the top of your Instagram Grid.f you have an Instagram post that you want to call attention to, you can pin it to the top of your profile grid.To do this, pick the Reel or image post you want to pin.In the top right corner of the post, tap the three dots and click “Pin to your profile.”The post will now show up at the top of your grid.This is a valuable tool to share ongoing partnerships with your followers, draw attention to popular content, and make sure new followers or browsers can immediately see the most important content you want to share with them.13. Optimize your Instagram bio to appear in the Explore tab.Your friends, family, and coworkers might be your first group of Instagram followers, but growing your audience takes more than the people who already know you. One key way to do this is to get your profile to appear in Instagram's Explore page.The Explore page, accessible using the magnifying glass icon shown above, is a browsing page that sorts the entire Instagram community by topic and keyword. These include "Fitness," "Style," "Science," and more.Hashtagging your posts with these words can expose your content to the people browsing these topics, but you can also use them in your Instagram name and bio to promote your profile.If Jane Doe is a marketing consultant, for example, she might want to make her Instagram name "Jane Doe Marketing," rather than simply "Jane Doe." Then, in her bio, she can include all of her specialties, such as "SEO," "blogging," "email marketing," etc.14. Drive traffic to an external website.One of the biggest frustrations people have with marketing on Instagram is that clickable URLs aren't allowed anywhere except the single "website" box in your bio. If you put a URL in a photo caption it'll appear as plain text, meaning users would have to painstakingly copy the URL, open a web browser, and paste or type it in there.One sneaky way to get people to visit your Instagram profile, which is where that one clickable URL is allowed, is to use your photo captions to encourage people to visit your profile for a link. Then, update that URL frequently to point to your latest blog content, YouTube video, product, or offer.Check out the example below from the food magazine Bon Appétit, where it includes a link in its bio that draws people to external Bon Appétit content.If you have a verified Instagram account, you can also add links to your Story. Read more about this feature here.15. Sell products from Instagram using Shoppable Posts.You might already know you can tag people in your Instagram posts as (or after) you post new content. Now, you can tag products — and direct your viewers to a product page to buy what they saw.To Add an Instagram Business AccountYou'll need an Instagram Business account to publish shoppable posts. You can get one by selecting "Edit Profile" on your Instagram profile and tapping "Try Instagram Business Tools," as shown below.To Tag a Post With ProductsOnce you've launched an Instagram Business account, you'll need to enable product tags to use them on a post that depicts a product. Navigate to your settings using the gear icon from your profile page, and select "Products." Tap "Continue" and follow the prompts to connect a "product catalog" to your business profile.With product tags enabled on your Instagram Business account, you can now upload new posts and tag your photo with products you find from your product catalog. Here's what a shoppable post can look like:16. Create an auto-complete quick reply for standard responses.Responding to user comments and questions is incredibly timely, but fortunately, there's a hack to streamline the process and make it more efficient. (Note: This only works on Instagram Business accounts.)You can simply create a one-to-two word phrase that can act as your shortcut to a longer standard response you might send often. To do this, click "Business" in your Settings, and then "Quick Replies" — or, click the three-dot chat bubble icon on bottom of screen, and then click "New Quick Reply".Add a shortcut you can enter for the response. For instance, you might type "returnpolicy" as the shortcut for a longer response, i.e.: "Hey there. We're sorry you don't love your purchase. Fortunately, we permit 30-day returns, no questions asked. Please send us your order confirmation number to get the process started."Once you've added a shortcut, you can either type the shortcut "returnpolicy" into the comment box when you want it to auto-generate, or you can tap the three-dot chat Quick Replies bubble icon at the bottom of your screen to choose from a response you've created. (Read more about Quick Replies here.)17. Pin your Instagram post to Pinterest.Instagram doesn't have a natural integration with many social networks (except Facebook, its parent company) for publishing Instagram posts to other social accounts.But with respect to Pinterest, image-loving platforms stick together. Here's a backdoor way to Pin your latest Instagram Story to Pinterest:On the Instagram mobile app, tap a post to view it in full, then tap the three dots to the top-right of the image. Select "Copy Share URL" to attach the picture's link to your clipboard.Open the Pinterest mobile app — or download it; you'll need it for this step — and navigate to your profile page. If you have the latest version of Pinterest downloaded, it might ask you as soon as you open the app if you'd like to produce the image from your clipboard.If not, select the "+" icon to the top right to add a new pin, and you'll see a menu of options where you can add your "Copied Link" to a new Pin or board on your profile.Instagram Reels Features18. Upload and browse video content on Instagram Reels.Instagram Reels is one of the biggest new features of Instagram to date.You can find Instagram Reels by opening the app and tapping the TV icon in the bottom navigation bar. You'll land on a gallery of Reels to watch, including those from people you follow, trending videos, and the most popular creators on the app.As you view more videos, the algorithm will adapt to your interests and show you Reels relevant to your likes. And naturally, the same goes for your target audience.The Reels you create are visible on your Profile under the Reels icon. When you want to upload a new Reel, follow the steps to upload an image but click Reels instead.19. Easily create Reels using the template feature.Instagram’s native Reels template helps anyone quickly and easily make a Reel. To create a Reel using a template, you can either:Find a Reel you like that someone has created, tap on the three dots on the bottom right corner of the real, tap “Use as template,” and follow the steps. Note that the only Reels you can use as a template have the Use as a template button.Or,Click on the Reels tab, swipe left to access the “Templates” option, and select the template you want to use. Then, follow the steps on screen.20. Automatically add captions to your Reels and Stories.The auto-caption feature automatically converts speech into captions for your Reels and Stories. This feature is incredibly important for increasing accessibility for your content and also for allowing people to consume your content without sound.21. Remix Reels to engage with other users.Remixing a Reel means creating one that includes content from someone else’s Reel. It’s a great way to engage with other users and create side-by-side interaction.To Remix a real (on Android and iOS), tap the three dots on the Reel you want to remix. Tap “Remix” and choose whether to play your video side-by-side the original video or after it ends.Next, record your Reel and share it to your profile.If you remix a Reel using side-by-side video, you can mix the audio and add voiceovers, text, and stickers to your Reel and the original Reel.If you remix a Reel and add your video after the original, you can’t change the audio from the original post, but you can adjust the volume level of the original Reel and add a voiceover.22. Reply to a comment on your Reel with a Reel.Instagram now allows people to create Reels to reply to comments on Reels. It’s an engaging way to interact with followers and build connections.To do this (on Android and iOS), tap “Reply” underneath a comment and click the camera icon.Record your Reel or upload a pre-recorded video from your camera roll.Click on the comment sticker to update the background color or change its position in the frame.Edit your Reel, then click “Share.”Instagram Stories Features23. Use Notes to share status updates.Notes are 60-character max posts next to profile images in the messages inbox.Notes will appear in your followers' inboxes, and you can choose to share them with all of your followers or your selected Close Friends list. They last 24 hours, and Notes replies appear as DMs.The new feature is a great way to share your timely thoughts, engage with people, and see what others are saying.24. Create a collection of saved posts.In addition to being able to view all of the posts you've liked, Instagram also has an option to save or bookmark certain posts in collections that you create.Start by going to your profile, and tapping the "Settings" icon at the top-right of your screen, and then select "Saved":Next, press the "+" button and name your new Collection.Click "Next", and select images from your "Saved" section.To save photos for future collections, tap the bookmark icon below the post you want to add, as shown below:Then, go back to your saved photos by following the previous steps.You'll see the photos you've saved — to add them to your Collection, select the Collection you want to add to, and tap "Add to Collection." From there, you can add any of your saved photos.25. Create Stories Highlights to show Stories for longer than a day.Like in Snapchat, posts to your story only stick around for your followers to see for 24 hours. But sometimes, you have a story that deserves more daylight to be told.That's where Stories Highlights comes in, a feature by Instagram that allows you to save stories together in the same space on your profile page. If you ever wondered what that "New" button with the "+" icon was below your profile image, this explains it.To make a Stories Highlight, tap this New option and select any number of past stories in your album:Then, give it a cover photo and a name to display as its own Instagram Story on your profile page. You can remove Stories Highlights at any time by tapping and holding down this story.26. Reorder Instagram Stories highlights.The Highlights on your Instagram feed act as your brand's portfolio — you can use Highlights to demonstrate your company's values, showcase new products or services, or categorize various topics you post about frequently.For instance, The North Face uses its Highlights section to highlight various initiatives that are important to the brand, including a section labeled “Summit Series,” “Explore Fund,” “XPLR Pass,” “Pride,” and “Athletes.”Since a user can only see the first five highlights when they come across your profile, you'll want to ensure your first highlights are the ones you're most proud of. To do this, simply follow this trick:1. Hold down the highlight you'd like moved to the front of this list and click "Edit Highlight" when the slide-up appears.2. Next, find an image or video you'd like to add to the highlight. (Don't worry — you'll be able to delete this within 30 seconds, so you don't need to choose one that will stay on the highlight.)3. Click "Done" in the top right corner.4. Now, your Highlight will be first in the list. To remove the image or video you just added, follow the above instructions and simply un-check the image you added. Your highlight will remain at the beginning of the Highlight reel.27. Change your Instagram Highlights Icon without publishing it to your feed.The image you choose for each Highlight should accurately depict what type of content users can expect to see if they tap the Highlight, so you'll want to choose a compelling, engaging image.However, if you have a design, logo, or image you'd like to use that isn't in your Instagram feed, it's still possible to make it the Highlight Icon.To do this, click "Edit Highlight" (same as the step above):Next, click "Edit Cover," and scroll through your camera roll to find an image you like.Once you choose an image from your camera roll, click "Done." Your Highlight cover image is now an image you've never posted on your Instagram account:28. Schedule posts in advance.Instagram being a mobile app, you're probably in a routine of taking photos and posting them to your Instagram Story on the fly. But, you can also pre-post them from your computer for a set day and time in the future.This feature is available with a social media scheduling tool, as well as LIKE.TG if you have an Instagram business account. If you have this business profile, switch to it via the Instagram mobile app and follow the prompts to connect it to Facebook.Depending on the social scheduling tool you use, you might not include this step. Once you've toggled to the right account, however, you'll launch your scheduling tool, navigate to your current connected profiles, and see Instagram as an available integration.29. Use 'Type Mode' to enhance your Instagram Stories.Since its launch, Stories have become quite creative, and it takes more than a pretty filter to stand out to your audience. Enter "Type Mode," an option similar to Snapchat that gives you the power to caption Stories that need extra context to resonate with someone. Here's how to use it:1. Open Instagram Stories by swiping right from your Instagram feed. This will launch your smartphone camera. Then, take a photo or video and press the "Aa" icon to the top-right of your screen, as shown below:The "Aa" icon will open Type Mode, where you have eight fonts to choose from. Here's what a sample Story looks like with Modern font:30. Post content from other users to your Instagram Story.Although Instagram Stories are a great way to give your content exposure on your followers' homepages, you might not always have something Story-worthy. In those times, you can share an inspiring post from someone else through your Instagram Stories. Here's how:1. Find a post you want to share in your Instagram Stories and tap the paper airplane icon, as shown below.This icon will open a screen allowing you to send this post to specific followers, or add to your Story. Tap the latter option, as shown below.Tapping this option will automatically turn the post into an Instagram Story, which you can edit and design to your liking the same way you would any other Instagram Story.31. Share candid Stories with your followers.Instagram Candid Stories lets you share in-the-moment updates with friends to let them know what you’re up to. A unique feature is that each Story is only visible to others who have posted their own Candid Stories.To share a Candid Story, use the stories camera and select Candid Story, or wait for the daily Candid Story notification.Note that the Candid Story feature is not yet available to all users.Instagram User Preferences Features32. Mute Instagram notifications using Quiet Mode.Quiet Mode turns off all app notifications and adds a badge to your profile, so people know you’re taking a break. When you turn Quiet Mode off, you’ll get a roundup of notifications of things you’ve missed.To use Quiet Mode on Instagram, Navigate to your profile page. Click “Settings," then "Notifications," and then "Quiet mode."Toggle the “Quiet mode” button to enable it and turn it off when you’re ready to receive notifications again.You can also set a designated time to trigger Quiet Mode every day, so you don’t have to remember to turn it off and on.Quiet Mode is currently available in the U.S., UK, Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand.33. Create a Favorites list to see your favorite accounts first.If you have favorite accounts on Instagram or friends whose content you want to see more often, you can select up to 50 accounts to add to your Favorites list.You’ll see their posts higher up and more often in your Feed, and you can even swipe to a separate favorites-only feed to see what people are up to. Every Favorites feed is free of ads and suggested posts, and nobody else knows who you’ve added to the list.To choose your favorites, tap the Instagram logo on the top left corner, and select your favorite accounts to add.34. Get notifications when your favorite people post.Never want to miss an Instagram post from your favorite influencers again? You can choose to get a notification every time a specific user posts a new photo. All you have to do is turn on notifications for each user individually.To turn on these notifications, visit a user's profile, click the bell icon in the upper right corner, and choose what type of post you want a notification for: Posts, Stories, Reels, Videos, or Live Videos.Want to turn post notifications off? Just follow the same steps. It's important to note that you must enable notifications from the Instagram app in your phone's settings — here's how.To allow notifications on iPhone/iPad: Go to "Settings," then "Notifications." Choose "Instagram" and then turn on the setting to "Allow Notifications."To allow notifications on Android: Go to "Settings," then choose "Apps," then "Instagram." Select the option to show notifications.35. Hide Photos You've Been Tagged InWhen someone tags you in a photo or video on Instagram, it's automatically added to your profile under "Photos of You," unless you opt to add tagged photos manually (see the next tip).To see the posts you've been tagged in, go to your own profile and click the person icon below your bio.Next, click on an individual post (in your tagged photos) and click the three dots in the top right. Tap “Post options,” then tap “Remove me from post” or “Hide from my profile.”The first removes your tag, and the second removes it from your tagged photos.36. Adjust your settings to approve tagged photos before they show up in your profile.As we mentioned in the previous step, when someone tags a photo or video of you on Instagram, it's automatically added to your profile. But you can change your Instagram settings to enable manually selecting which photos you're tagged in that show up on your profile.To manually approve tagged posts, navigate to "Settings," tap "Privacy," "Posts," then "Manually approve tags," and toggle the on button. Now you'll be notified when you've been tagged in a post, and you can approve it to show up on your profile.37. Hide ads you don't find relevant.Instagram tries to show you ads that are interesting and relevant to you. You might see ads based on people you follow and things you Like on Instagram, or the third-party websites and apps you visit.If you see sponsored posts you don't find relevant, though, you can let Instagram know and slowly teach its algorithm what you like and don't like to see.To hide ads on Instagram, tap on the three dots to the right of a post labeled "Sponsored," and choose "Hide ad."From there, it'll ask you to share why you don't want to see the ad anymore.You can also opt out of seeing ads based on sites and apps off of Instagram and Facebook from your device's settings. Note that even if you choose to opt out of seeing these types of ads, you'll still see ads based on your Instagram and Facebook activity.To limit ad tracking on an iPhone/iPad: Go to "Settings" and choose "Privacy Security," then "Apple Advertising." From there, choose the option to turn off personalized ads.To turn off interest-based ads on Android: Go to "Google Settings," then "Ads." From there, choose the option to "Turn off interest-based ads."38. Send photos privately to your friends.Posting photos with all of your followers or with the public isn't the only way to share content on Instagram. You can also share them with individual or multiple users, kind of like a Facebook message or group text message.You can either send a new photo to friends, or send a photo that you or someone else has already posted.To send a new photo privately, upload a photo and begin editing it, as you would when editing a new post. When you get to the "Share" page, tap the top where it automatically says "New Post," but when prompted, select "Direct Message." From there, you can pick and choose whom you'd like to send the photo to.You can access your direct messages at any time by clicking the mailbox icon at the top right of your homepage.To send an existing photo privately, start by opening the post you want to share — it can be your own or someone else's, as long as the latter has a public account. Next, click the paper-airplane-like icon below the post, then select who you want to receive it when the "Send to" box appears.User Search Features39. Search Instagram users without an account.As much as Instagram would like to see you ultimately create an account for yourself or your business, you can peruse the beautiful brands, people, and dogs that are waiting for you without an account to see if it's worth signing up.There are two ways to search for people on Instagram without logging in:Entering a Username at the End of the Instagram URLThe first way to search users without an account is by using an Instagram username you already know, and adding it to the end of "www.instagram.com/."For example, if you were to start with our Instagram username — which is simply "LIKE.TG" — you can enter the following into your browser's address bar: www.instagram.com/LIKE.TG. This will bring you to our Instagram profile as well as the elusive search bar at the top of the page:Once you've reached this page, you can use the search bar to the left of the "Sign Up" button to browse users who are already active on the platform.Googling Them in an Instagram Site SearchA slightly "hackier" way of looking up users without an Instagram account of your own is to simply search their name in a Google site search. This means telling Google to only look up search terms on a website of your choice (in this case, Instagram).To site search a user, open a Google search and type the following: "site:instagram.com [name of user]."By keeping all the text prior to the brackets in your search bar, you can shuffle through names of people and businesses and Google will produce results that live only on Instagram. Here's what a site search looks like for LIKE.TG, below. As you can see, Google produces our main profile, our culture-focused LIKE.TG Life profile, Instagram posts that include the #LIKE.TG hashtag, and our LIKE.TG Academy Page.Instagram Features HacksI might be biased, but Instagram is one of the most fun (and visually appealing) social apps around. And now, with these tricks, you can use it to an even fuller extent.Plus, many of these features can help to enhance your brand's presence on Instagram. Now, you know how to use the app more efficiently, to make sure you're only tagged in photos you want to appear on your profile, and have even more ways to engage with the people by whom you'd like to be discovered.

                    How to Repost on Instagram: Ways to Reshare Content From Other Users
How to Repost on Instagram: Ways to Reshare Content From Other Users
Instagram is a powerful social media platform to help increase brand reach and drive new business, but it can be time-consuming and expensive to consistently share content you need to see your engagement grow in the long-term — which is why you should learn how to repost on Instagram. In this post, we'll show you different free ways to repost on Instagram in a few simple steps. But before diving in, let’s discuss why reposting on Instagram can benefit your brand. New Data: Instagram Engagement Report [Free Download] Why should your brand repost on Instagram? Instagram is one of the largest social media sites on the market. With over one billion monthly active users, brands that incorporate the site into marketing strategy can reach larger audiences and gain visibility faster over other social media channels. And with an audience like that, you want to consistently post high-quality content — but that can take time, effort, and resources that may not fit your budget just yet. Since most marketers post between 3-4 times per week, you should have a backlog of content to keep up with demand. Additionally, user-generated content (UGC) performs exceptionally well. In fact, 90% of consumers say UGC holds more influence over their buying decisions than promotional emails and even search engine results. For instance, consider the power of Warby Parker reposting this funny image from one of its customers, @cjronson: View this post on Instagram Not only does the image likely appeal to Warby Parker customers, but it ultimately made Warby Parker marketers' jobs easier — they didn’t need to create that content in-house. Reposting to Instagram can help you highlight brand endorsements from your customers, brand loyalists, and employees. UGC is typically considered more trustworthy since a consumer isn't gaining anything by promoting your product or service (unless it's an advertisement) — they're just doing it to tell their audiences that they like your product. How to Repost on Instagram Instagram allows you to repost other users’ Reels and posts to your own Instagram Story using its native reposting functionality. However, it has its limits: It doesn’t let you repost to any permanent part of your Instagram profile, including your feed, Reels, or videos. In other words, Instagram only lets you temporarily share someone else’s content for 24 hours max. If you do want to keep it permanently, you can add it to an Instagram Story Highlight. If you’re looking to add a post to your permanent feed and credit the original creator, read about how to do that in the next sections. For now, let’s learn how you can repost content to your Story and add it to your highlights. 1. Navigate to the post, Reel, or video you want to repost. First, find the right content to share with your followers. You can do this through several avenues: Search for industry hashtags and repost popular posts by other brands and influencers Search for branded hashtags, which will show you user-generated content made by your customers and fans See the posts you’ve been tagged in and repost any that align with your brand Find brands that you admire and repost the content that most aligns with your brand Remember that you can only repost content from users and brands with public profiles. Note: You can also repost other people’s Stories, so long as you’re tagged in them. You can find those who’ve mentioned you in their Story in your Direct Messages. 2. Click the paper airplane symbol on the post or Reel. On photos and videos, the button will be located next to the Like and Comment buttons. On Reels, it will be located between the Comment button and the three dots. 3. On the pop-up menu, click “Add post to your story.” A pop-up will appear with several options. If you’re sharing a post, you have the option to add it to your story, reply to the poster (if they allow replies), or send the post via Direct Message to anyone you’ve messaged recently. Similar options appear when you try to share a Reel. Click Add post to your story or Add reel to your story. 4. Tap to show and hide the post’s caption. Next, you should see a draft of your story. You have the option of either showing or hiding the caption. Simply tap the post to toggle between the two. 5. Add text, stickers, hashtags, and other elements. To get the most engagement possible and align the repost with your brand, spruce up the story with text and other elements. You can even add a link or a call-to-action. Learn how to customize your Instagram Story here. 6. To share, click “Your Story.” It’s time to finish your repost. At the bottom, click the button that says “Your Story” at the bottom. This will automatically share it with no additional action required. You also have the option to click "Close Friends", if you only want a select group to view your story. Last, if you click the right-hand arrow, you’ll see additional options to share the post via DM or with your close friends. 7. Add the shared post to your Highlights. While Instagram doesn’t allow you to share posts directly to your permanent feed, you can add it to one of your Highlights, which will remain permanently on your profile. Learn how to create Highlights here. Here’s one example from a stationer called MARK+FOLD: With Stories, the same best practices should be followed as for sharing a post. If you don’t know the person and suspect the content you’d like to re-share might be licensed material, ask for permission first. Give credit to the original posters whenever possible. How to Repost on Instagram Using a ScreenshotTake a screenshot of the Instagram post you want to use.Tap the new post button located on the top right corner, select post.Resize the photo in the app.Edit and add filters of your choice.Add a citation.Add a caption.Click share on the top right corner. The screenshot method doesn't require other websites to repost on Instagram. It's worth nothing that this method only works for reposting photos, not videos. Here's how to do it. 1. Find a photo on Instagram you'd like to repost, and take a screenshot with your phone. For iOS: Press down on the home and lock buttons simultaneously until your screen flashes. For Android: Press down on the sleep/wake and volume down buttons simultaneously until your screen flashes. 2. Tap the new post button. Once you've got your screenshot, return to your Instagram account. Tap the "new post button" in the top right of your Instagram screen (the plus sign inside a square). Then select "Post" (other options include "Story" "Reels" or "Live"). 3. Resize the photo in the app. Keep in mind that your phone will take a screenshot of everything on your screen, not just the photo you want to repost. So, be prepared to crop the sides of the screenshot to capture just the image you want to share with your followers. After you've cropped or resized the photo to your liking (by pinching the image and then widening your fingers apart), click "Next" in the top-right of your screen. 4. Edit and add filters of your choice. Edit and filter the post like you would any other Instagram post. 5. Add a citation. The repost won't include a citation, so we suggest adding one by typing "@ + [username]" to credit the original poster with the photo you're reposting. 6. Add a caption. At the top you'll see a preview of your post along with space for a caption. You can choose to tag people or organizations, and add a location. 7. Click share. Once you've finished customizing the post with the options above, click share at the top right corner. The post will be live. Here's how the finished product looks: Pro Tip: When reposting content through screenshots, make sure you properly tag or give credit to the original content owner either within your story by linking to their account, or in the description of a post or reel. Best Apps for Reposting on Instagram 1. Repost: Posts, Stories, Reels Price: Free with in-app purchases For Instagram for iOS or Android. The app integrates directly with Instagram so you can share content from other Instagram users from your mobile device. If your brand’s Instagram profile follows a distinct brand style guide, Repost can help you customize your reposts to adhere to those guidelines. Users can pick from 50+ different text styles and symbol art to create eye-catching captions to capture more attention. 2. Reposta Price: Free For Instagram for iOS or Android. Reposta for Instagram is a straightforward way to repost your favorite photos and videos on Instagram while giving credit to the original poster. When you find something you want to repost in Instagram, simply copy the share URL and open Reposta. Then in Reposta, you can position the attribution mark and send the reposted media back to Instagram. 3. DownloadGram Price: Free DownloadGram lets social media users download high-resolution copies of content to repost from their own accounts on channels like Instagram and Twitter. There’s no app you need to download to repost using this process, instead you can copy and paste the URL to download video, photos, reels or stories to repost via PC. Share Your Favorite Instagram Posts Now that you've learned how to repost on Instagram, you can diversify your profile with content sourced from friends, family, and brands. Use the methods above — being sure to cite the source of the original post — to quickly and easily reshare your favorite content. This article was originally published in November 2020 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    The Ultimate Guide to Instagram for Business [+Data From 500 Marketers]
The Ultimate Guide to Instagram for Business [+Data From 500 Marketers]
More companies than ever are using Instagram for business. Back in 2017, the social platform celebrated having over 25 million businesses. Today, we can bet that number has likely doubled. Instagram has proven a worthwhile investment for marketing purposes. When we surveyed over 1,000 marketers in 2022, they revealed that Instagram is the most effective social media platform, above Facebook, YouTube, and TikTok. But using Instagram for business purposes can seem daunting, particularly if you've only ever used it for personal use. Here, we're going to explore how to promote your business on Instagram. How to Use Instagram for Business What is a business profile? How to Create a Business Profile on Instagram How to Switch to Your Business Profile Top Instagram Promotion Tactics of 2022 [Data] How to Use Instagram for Business Let's delve into the six strategies you'll need to employ to get the most out of Instagram. 1. Add value with your content. First and foremost, Instagram is a visual platform. To attract an audience, it's critical you spend time delivering high-quality, thoughtful content. To succeed on Instagram, it's essential you create valuable content that attracts an audience and encourages them to engage with your business. Consider how you can delight your customers while staying true to your brand. You don't need to just post images of your product to spread brand awareness and increase sales. In fact, in some cases, it's better if you don't. For instance, Hot Pockets sells microwaveable pocket sandwiches. Admittedly, I wasn't much of a fan of Hot Pockets — until I began following their business's Instagram account. There are only so many times you can post a picture of a sandwich. Hot Pockets goes in a different direction. Instead, they appeal to their audience through humor, often posting relevant memes or funny quotes. For instance, in response to @ShallowDivers' claim that Hot Pockets aren't sandwiches, Hot Pockets responded with this: Ultimately, it might take trial and error to find the content that works best for your business. While Hot Pockets relies on humor, other brands like The North Face use impressive adventure images to appeal to their demographic. The point is, brands need to add value to Instagram's community rather than using the platform for advertisements alone. This is critical for your long-term success. Looking for a few more tips on how to use Instagram to positively impact your business? Check out these Instagram hacks in the video below. Put these tips to work, and update your marketing mantra from "content is king" to "valuable content is king." 2. Maintain a consistent theme. Imagine each Instagram post as an individual page of your website. While each post should be good on its own, ideally you'll need to create a cohesive theme to maintain an audience's loyalty. It's important to note, I mean "theme" in the broad sense, as it relates to everything from hashtags and captions to pictures and videos. You'll need to create a consistent tone of voice and a unified feed aesthetic. Ultimately, the more specific and consistent you are with your posts, the more likely you are to attract your most authentic audience. You might think it's better to appeal to more people through various themes, but ultimately, staking your claim in a specific niche will help you create stronger, more genuine connections. For instance, consider MVMT. Their feed is undoubtedly consistent, with similar filters and color palette, and an emphasis on darker, edgier images: Their consistency is equally obvious in their captions, with phrases like "Create a life you can't wait to wake up to," and "Unexplored paths lead to undiscovered stories." In every post, you'll see the same hashtag: #jointhemvmt. Undoubtedly, their followers both expect and prefer this type of content, or they wouldn't have followed them in the first place. To continue delighting customers, it's essential MVMT keeps true to their theme. 3. Engage with your audience. Engaging with your audience helps your followers feel valued and, as a result, more connected to your business. There are plenty of ways to engage with your audience. You might reply to comments on your posts, participate in comment threads, run contests or giveaways, use Instagram Stories polls feature, or give shout-outs to followers on your Stories, particularly if they post something relevant to your brand. Halo Top Creamery does a fantastic job of engaging with their audience. They frequently post cute ice cream pictures with the caption "Ice cream is better with friends. Tag a friend you'd like to eat this with." A simple "tag a friend" caption is an effective strategy for growing your audience since your followers will then tag friends who might not know about you yet. Additionally, Halo Top often does contests and giveaways, like this one: By tagging winners in their posts, Halo Top incentivizes other followers to engage with their brand in the future. Additionally, Halo Top's giveaways demonstrate their genuine commitment to connecting with their audience. 4. Consider influencer marketing. As a consumer, you've likely seen the recent influx of influencer marketers on Instagram — and for good reason. Marketers we surveyed in 2021 said it was the marketing trend that offered the highest ROI, above experiential marketing, SEO, and short-form content. By leveraging the power of an influencer, who is already authentically connected with her audience and seen as a trusted source of information, you're able to spread brand awareness and drive sales. Micro-influencing in particular is a strong opportunity for brand endorsement. You could use your budget and resources to invest in traditional advertising, but it's often easier to create a more targeted, effective marketing campaign through influencer marketing. Ultimately, influencers have already cultivated an engaged, loyal following — by identifying the right influencers for your niche, you're much more likely to find followers who will truly enjoy and support your products or services. 5. Build an ad campaign. There are two reasons you might use Instagram ads: to spread brand awareness or to increase sales. It's critical you focus on one goal when creating an effective ad campaign. An Instagram ad aiming to sell a product will look vastly different from one intending to attract followers. For instance, consider this Greenchef ad that showed up on my Instagram feed. With various images of delicious food and an enticing "$40 OFF" discount, it's likely a high-converting ad. It's very clear what Greenchef's goal is: to get people to buy their product. YouTube, on the other hand, invested in Instagram ads for an entirely different reason. Their advertisements, featuring well-known singers like Camila Cabello, entice followers to simply follow YouTube Music's Instagram channel (and, ideally, YouTube's music channel itself). To implement an effective campaign, it's essential you decide what you're hoping to achieve before you begin creating it. Once you've chosen a goal, you'll want to create the ad creative. Similar to what we discussed in strategy one, you'll need to create high-value visual content if you want your ad to be successful. Take a look at other ads on Instagram and consider how you might emulate them. Additionally, A/B test multiple variations of the same ad (changing the copy, image, or targeted audience for each version), to figure out what works best for your business. When you're ready to create your ad, you'll need to use Facebook Ads Manager. Among other things, Ads Manager lets you narrow in on your target audience (including location, age, and various interests of your ideal demographic), choose your ad objective, and analyze ad performance. 6. Utilize shoppable posts. If you’re using Instagram for business, then, Shoppable Posts is one feature you’ll want to know well. It allows you to create posts and tag your products and/services to create a seamless shopping experience directly on the platform. It creates less friction for your followers, increasing the odds of turning them into customers. Before you begin executing these strategies, you’ll need one thing: an Instagram Business Profile. What is a business profile on Instagram?An Instagram business profile is a special account that Instagram offers to brands and organizations. With a business profile, you get access to additional features, such as Instagram Insights and the ability to run ads. A business profile legitimizes your Instagram account and enables you to add critical information like your company's business hours, location, and phone number. Pros and Cons of an Instagram Business Profile “Whoa, whoa, whoa,” you might be thinking. “I don’t know how I feel about committing to all that.” Here are some helpful pros and cons so you can determine if a business profile is right for you before jumping in: Pros Access to metrics on how your posts and stories perform. Ability to track how your followers engage with your content. Access to features necessary to run ad campaigns. Gain feature for adding URLs to Stories so you can send warm traffic to your site. Cons Being labeled as a business. May experience less organic reach and visibility. Must also have a Facebook account to access ad features. For most brands, the benefits of a business profile outweigh the cons due to the additional features and analytics. However, it’s important to consider your goals before taking action. How to Create a Business Instagram Profile In order to create a business profile on Instagram, you must first create a personal Instagram account and then switch it to a business profile. If you already have an Instagram account, skip to the next section for instructions on making the switch. If you don’t already have an Instagram account, there are two ways to get one: From the computer From a mobile device (IOS and Android) For detailed steps, check out our comprehensive article on how to create a business account on Instagram. How to Switch to Your Business Profile When you have an Instagram set up, follow these easy steps when you’re ready to make the switch: 1. Go to your profile on the mobile app. 2. Click the hamburger menu (three stacked horizontal bars) in the top right corner. 3. Click the "Settings" gear at the bottom of the menu. 4. Select Account. 5. Choose Linked Accounts. 6. Choose Facebook and follow the prompts to connect your business's Facebook page. If you do not have a Facebook Business Page, you will need to create one before completing this step. If your Facebook page is already linked, move on to the next step. 7. Once complete, return to the Settings menu. 8. Select Account. 9. Choose the new option "Switch to Professional Account." 10. Follow the prompts to add any additional details. 11. Select Done.You’re now ready to begin implementing your social media strategy on Instagram. From here, you’ll want to determine the audience you want to target, the aesthetic and tone you want to convey, and the content you want to create. Top Instagram Promotion Tactics of 2022 [Data] Audience Interaction On Instagram, the number one strategy marketers plan to leverage for the first time in 2022 is audience interaction. One of the most effective ways to do this is through IG Live. According to marketers surveyed, it offers the highest return on investment, out of all of Instagram’s features and tools. That’s why 22% of respondents are investing more in IG Live than any other format on the platform. Interacting with your audience offers so much more than just engagement. It helps build a sense of community with your followers and allows you to get to know them better. Content Engagement While audience interaction takes the #1 spot as the newest strategy, content engagement wins for the overall strategy marketers will invest the most in. On social media, engagement signals that your content is resonating with your audience. Whether it’s on an in-feed post, a Story, or a live stream, engagement can be a great indicator of your page’s health. In fact, 17% plan to invest more in it than any other strategy while 43% plan to use it for the first time this year. Wondering how to make your content more engaging? Try the funny route. Our research shows that funny content is most effective for audience growth, reach, and engagement. This adds up because funny content tends to be relatable, and that’s usually what gets someone to stop scrolling and pay attention. The format can also play a role in engagement, with most marketers posting more video than anything else on the platform. Eighty-two percent of marketers surveyed post video content on the platform and the content formats they use most are video-based. Stories is another tool that can be highly effective for marketers. In fact, those who leverage it are 23% more likely to say their 2021 IG strategy was effective. Product advertising With Instagram constantly expanding its shopping tools, it’s no surprise that a top goal for marketers is advertising their products and/or services. Our research suggests that the use of content centered around products and services will increase in 2022. For 39% of marketers, it will be their first time leveraging this type of content on the platform. Those who did prioritize this content in 2021 say that it offered the second-highest ROI of any content type on the platform. When it comes to IG shopping tools, 79% of marketers surveyed say they’ve used them, and 22% plan to invest in this feature the most. Whatever your goal is, whether it's increasing brand awareness or generating more revenue, using Instagram for business gets you one step closer to achieving it. While not all of Instagram's tools will offer a high ROI, they are all worth trying to see what works best for your audience. Editor's Note: This post was originally published in May 2020 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    What to Post on Instagram: 18 Photo & Video Ideas to Spark Inspiration
What to Post on Instagram: 18 Photo & Video Ideas to Spark Inspiration
Instagram isn't just a go-to social network for individuals anymore. Many marketers have caught wind that it's a powerful social network where they need to have some sort of presence.The platform's heavy emphasis on visual content like photos, videos, illustrations, and GIFs is becoming a critical way for brands to communicate their story and message. Plus, it's an excellent way for businesses to humanize their brand, recruit future employees, showcase their products and content, and delight and engage customers.Check out these 18 ideas for videos, photos, and other content you can post on Instagram. (And for more inspiration, check out our list of the best brands to follow on Instagram.)Things to post on InstagramBehind-the-Scenes ContentUser-generated ContentInspirational or Motivational QuotesInteresting StatisticsTimely or Current Events PostsHumorous Images or VideosCompelling Drawings or GraphicsContent PromotionsProduct PromotionsCompelling Videos, Reels, and StoriesHyperlapse VideosFun, Lighthearted GIFsContests and GiveawaysMosaicsAsks to Tag A FriendReposts From Your EmployeesCross-promotion of Another Social Media AccountWe’re Hiring.18 Content Ideas for Videos, GIFs Photos to Post on Instagram1. Behind-the-Scenes ContentInstagram is a great platform for humanizing your brand, and giving your audience a sneak peek at what goes on behind the scenes is one way to do that. It's also a good way to show followers what it's like to work there, which is great for your recruiting efforts.Here's an example from the Boston Red Sox, showing what batting practice looks like close-up (with a really cool, fish-eye shot).And here's one from a small arts and crafts store called Cherry Tree Beads. We love how this one uses the hashtag #employeetakeover to share one of the faces behind the brand, giving followers the chance to get to know who's on the inside.Pro Tip: Posting candid photos of your work environment can help humanize your business and allow your customers to connect with your employees, which can translate into stronger brand loyalty.2. User-generated ContentSome of the best photos on brands' Instagram accounts are curated by fans and followers. (In fact, FedEx 's Instagram feed is almost entirely made up of curated photos.)Check out the posts people have tagged you in, and if you love them, consider reposting them to your followers. Not only does it make the original poster feel good, but it also shows everyone that you're listening to your fans. Just be sure the photos you're reposting are high-quality and that you @-mention the original poster in your caption.Here's a reposted image from ASOS. Take note of how they write the caption: They write an entirely new caption, which includes a tidbit on how their followers can get featured on their Instagram page (by using the hashtag #AsSeenOnMe). Then, they credit the original poster using the camera emoji and the poster's username.To repost a photo on Instagram, you can simply screenshot and crop it. You can also repost a photo to your Instagram story by tapping the share icon below the post you want to repost and tapping “Add video to your story.”3. Inspirational or Motivational QuotesSome people poke fun at the number of quotes on Instagram. But if you post them sparingly, they tend to encourage your followers. If the post speaks to your audience, people love to share it and tag their friends in the comments. Quotes are also a great opportunity to share what your brand stands for, whether it's spiritual, inspiring, funny, or something else.To create a quote image, you'll want to download an app that lets you upload a photo and overlay it with text. Here are some good ones:Canva: A free app that you can use to create graphics with text overlays to share on social media.Phonto: A free app that you can use to overlay text on photos with text resizing, alignment, and positioning tools.Snapseed: A free app with professional photo editing tools that pairs fonts with different photo filters.You can also create a quote post through your Instagram story. To create a quote post on your Instagram story, simply upload an image from your gallery to use as a background and add a text overlay of the quote.Here are a few examples of quotes done well, starting with this one from TheSkimm. The key to this post's success is that it's hilarious to their specific audience — which shows that the quote doesn't have to be fancy to delight people.Here's a more beautifully designed quote from activewear brand Lorna Jane, which carries an empowering message from their founder:Pro Tip: Want to play around with words and images? WordFoto is a $2 app that lets you turn your pictures into images made of words instead of just adding words on top of photos.4. Interesting StatisticsAnother cool way to overlay text on an image is by posting a statistic that resonates with your audience. Try using statistics from your own research or finding some relevant to your message, your value proposition, and so on. (Read this blog post to learn how and where to find accurate, compelling data.)Here's an example from the meditation app Headspace, with a simple text box overlaying a colored, nondescript background.5. Timely or Current Events PostsIs something cool happening in the world or the country where your target market lives? A specific holiday? National Puppy Day? Get in on the action by posting something delightful. Remember to use good judgment when newsjacking — the last thing you want to do is publish inaccurate information or offend anyone.What are some examples of delightful, timely posts? Here's one from a Mediterranean restaurant called Cava Mezze Grill to celebrate Halloween.And here's a fun example from Starbucks for National Croissant Day.Pro Tip: Set up Google Alerts to get notified of breaking news related to your business’s industry. News stories are a great source of inspiration for timely social media posts.6. Humorous Images or VideosIf you can make your followers laugh, they'll likely enjoy your photo — and may even share it with others. After all, sometimes the most memorable photos are the ones that make us laugh.Try posting photos and images you think will make your audience laugh like Oreo did with this fake text message conversation with "Milk."Here's another example from BuzzFeed Parents, which shows how simple a super shareable post can be.And in this one from Pabst Blue Ribbon. All they did was put an empty case of Pabst beer on a dog’s head, and it worked like a charm.7. Compelling Drawings or GraphicsHave any artists on your team? One way to stand out in a sea of images is to post a cool, compelling illustration. They don't even have to be super fancy — check out this simple, black-and-white example from Oreo:Here's a more complex one from Pabst Blue Ribbon:8. Content PromotionsBeautiful images are critical to your Instagram marketing strategy because they tell a story and draw people in. Colored visuals increase people's willingness to read a piece of content by a whopping 80%.So if you're creating a piece of compelling written content like a recipe, a report, or a blog post, why not use a visual platform like Instagram to promote it?Simply pair an interesting and relevant image with a caption that promotes the content, and then ask people to follow the link in your bio or post description. (Again, be sure to make that link trackable.)Here's an example from Staples that promotes their hard-copy planners for National Planner Day:And here's an example from Nature's Path Organic, which shows off the finished product of a recipe that's linked in their bio:9. Product PromotionsInstagram isn't the place to publish product-centric posts every day — but that doesn't mean you can't use it to showcase products every once in a while. We suggest using the 80/20 rule on social media: 80% of the content you post to social media should be helpful and valuable to your audience, and 20% can be self-promotional.Making promotional content that’s fun, compelling, and lovable is even more important when posting on Instagram. To highlight a specific product, post a picture or video about it, and then tell people where they can find the product using the product names and codes or a trackable link in your bio.Here's an example from the online clothing company ASOS. (Check out how casual and cool the caption is.)Here's another one from Frank Body, which uses an image and some humor in the caption to pique followers' interest in the product without being overly promotional.Pro Tip: When you post is almost as important as what you post. We suggest posting to Instagram on Saturdays in the mid-to-late afternoon.10. Compelling Videos, Reels, and StoriesInstagram users can record and upload videos up to 60 seconds long, reels of multiple video clips that are each up to 15 seconds long, and stories composed of images and short videos that disappear after 24 hours.When executed well, videos, stories, and reels are a great way for your Instagram content to stand out. You can record a video from scratch (including recording multiple video clips) or upload videos to your feed, stories, or reels from your phone's library the same way you'd upload a photo.Pro Tip: By default, every Instagram video will start playing without sound — after which viewers can choose whether or not to turn the sound on. Because of this, you'll need to upload videos that don't need sound to be well understood or entice people to turn the sound in the first second or two.Here's a great video from Purina that delights viewers with some cute puppy love.11. Hyperlapse VideosWant to use video to stand out from the crowd while also solving for your followers' short attention spans? Try creating a Hyperlapse video.Hyperlapse is a free app by Instagram that condenses videos into brief, moving, hyper-speed videos. The videos use built-in stabilization technology to film these time-lapse videos without keeping your hands still. (Want to make your own? Here are step-by-step instructions.)Here's one of our favorite examples, which comes from Starbucks.12. Fun, Lighthearted GIFsGIFs are everywhere nowadays, and people love them because they help accurately convey ideas, messages, thoughts, and feelings in a snackable (and often laughable) way. On Instagram, you can upload a GIF just like a video (as long as it's less than 60 seconds long).Check out the examples of GIFs on Instagram below for some inspiration. (Click here for instructions for creating your own animated GIF using Photoshop.) Here's an example from Staples.And one from Starbucks.13. Contests and GiveawaysAre you trying to support the launch of a new product? Contests are one of the best ways to expand your reach and engage your community on Instagram. A study by Tailwind found that hosting an Instagram contest or giveaway can help you grow your followers 70% faster over three months than not holding a contest.Instagram doesn't make capturing leads and information from your followers easy, but a contest or giveaway is one way to do it.Just be sure to call your followers to take action by using the space in your caption to explain the contest and even guide them to a link in your bio.Pro Tip: Make the link trackable so you can see how much traffic your Instagram post is driving. Learn how to add a trackable link to your Instagram bio by reading #6 in this blog post.There are many, many different types of contests you can post on Instagram. Here are a few ideas, starting with the one below from Social Print Studio. Their call-to-action asks for comments on the post, from which they'll choose winners.Here's one from Root Well Being Studio asking people to enter a contest by liking the post and following their account. Participants can earn an extra entry by sharing the post to their Instagram story and tagging Root Well Being Studio.14. MosaicsNot many brands use this tactic, but it’s a really cool, unique user experience. It's also a clever way to get users to visit your business' account page.Most of your followers won't look at your Instagram photos from your account page, as they'll typically look at them in their Instagram feed.When you start scrolling through the images below from MyStory Wiesbaden in your feed, it may take you a second to figure out what’s happening. MyStory Wiesbaden posted snippets of a tattoo, which is a cool teaser that entices you to go to their main account page, where you can see the full picture.15. Asks to "Tag A Friend."While you can tag friends on Facebook and Twitter posts, it happens most regularly on Instagram. There's a culture around tagging your friends if you see a post that resonates with you or reminds you of someone. This helps you both increase engagement and broaden your reach.If you want to encourage your followers to share the post with others, sometimes all you've got to do is ask. In the caption, include a call-to-action asking people to tag their friends and give them a prompt to do so.For example, the post below from Rent the Runway asks followers to "Tag your future RTR BFF!"Our post below from LIKE.TG asked followers to tag their office coffee buddy.In this cute video from Headspace, they asked followers to tag someone they love to help celebrate Valentine's Day.Similar to asking your followers to tag a friend, you can ask them to "double-tap," which is how your followers can like your photo or video. The standard language for a request like this is: "Double-tap if..."In the example below from The Parentologist, she asks followers to double-tap if they’re looking for a last-minute gift for a parent, which is a fun way to engage her fans.16. Reposts From Your EmployeesReposting your employees is an awesome way to showcase what happens behind the scenes at your company, while really helping your followers "bond" with the people who work there.For example, the people behind the Boston Red Sox's Fenway Park account often repost photos and videos from their grounds crew.New Look has a really cool approach: They repost Instagram content from their employees, who function as brand lifestyle ambassadors with accounts specifically associated with New Look. Their deputy manager @newlook_georgia and their dress designer @newlook_emilie are a couple of New Look’s employees who act as brand ambassadors.While the main New Look account posts mostly their own content, they often repost from their employees, like in the image below.17. Cross-promotion of Another Social Media AccountCross-promotion of other social media accounts on Instagram is a great way to let your Instagram followers know where else on social media they can find you. That way, you can get your Instagram followers to become your followers on Facebook, Twitter, and so on.18. "We're Hiring."Finally, let your followers know you're hiring every once in a while by posting a simple call-to-action on your Instagram page, including a trackable link to your jobs page in your bio.Here's an example of a "we're hiring" post from Arey’s Pond Boat Yard:Post Like A ProNow that we've gone over some tips to get your creativity flowing, it's time to create a post of your own. Use these content ideas for Instagram to increase brand awareness and connect with your community in new ways.Editor's note: This article was originally published in October 2019 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How to Build Your Brand With Instagram: 11 Tried-and-True Strategies
How to Build Your Brand With Instagram: 11 Tried-and-True Strategies
Instagram has demonstrated tremendous growth, with its community reaching over 2 billion monthly users in 2021. Despite its impressive reach, many business owners are still overlooking its marketing potential. As a result, they're leaving high levels of engagement, brand awareness, and even profit on the table. But why? In just 12 months, we used Instagram to gain 400,000 followers for Foundr -- which translated to over 70,000 email subscribers. At the end of that period, we were averaging 30,000 call-to-action clicks per month from Instagram, and converting 30% of the users who landed on our website from our Instagram page into email subscribers. We've seen it work, now it's time for you to get in on the action. In this article, we’ll show you how to build your brand with Instagram. (If you're looking for more marketing tools and resources for your new business, check out our comprehensive guide on how to start a business.) How to Build A Brand on InstagramBuild an Instagram strategy.Experiment with the platform's features. Jump on trends.Invest in high-quality creative assets.Leverage strategic partnerships. Foster a community of highly engaged followers.Post regularly. Review your data and optimize your approach. Share your profile on other channels. Convert your followers into subscribers.Optimize your bio. 1. Build an Instagram strategy. We listed this as the first step because it is the most crucial step in building a brand on Instagram. If you lack a clear strategy, you’ll end up with low-performing content and a scattered feed as you struggle to brainstorm new ideas. To build your Instagram strategy, you’ll need to do four things: Determine your goals. Narrow down your target audience. Research your competition. Develop your content plan. 2. Experiment with the platform’s features. Instagram is constantly evolving. In fact, every week, the Head of Instagram shares a video discussing new features and product updates on the platform. In one of his latest videos, he announced that they were testing a subscription feature that would allow people to subscribe to their favorite creators and get access to exclusive Lives and Stories. In addition to all the new features the social platform tests, there are a lot of established tools, such as Live Rooms, shoppable posts, scheduled Lives, and hashtags – just to name a few. Our advice is to choose one to two features to test out every month. This will prevent you from getting overwhelmed and allow you to measure the impact of each feature. For instance, hashtags can help you reach users who don’t follow you but could be interested in your products and services. Don’t know how many to use? Data from our latest Instagram Engagement Report suggests brands should only use one hashtag per post. Another reason to test Instagram features is that it can help you reach more users. The platform has admitted to prioritizing accounts that use features the brand wants to highlight, such as Reels. It’s a win all around: You stay ahead of the curve, discover which features work for you, and you can expand your reach in the process. 3. Jump on trends. On social media, all it takes is one person’s video or sound to go viral for the rest of the world to join in with their own version. Most of these trends are fun and harmless with a lifespan of about three weeks or less. Why should you join in? Well, it’s an opportunity to connect with your audience in a creative and fun way. If you jump in as the trend is rising, it can also give you a quick boost in engagement and reach. When considering joining any trend, there are two things you want to ask: How can I bring this back to my business and/or industry to make it relatable to my audience? What is the origin of this trend and could it go against our company values? 4. Invest in high-quality creative assets. A great Instagram post can be boiled down to a formula and requires two elements: beautiful imagery and engaging text. Beautiful Imagery Choose images that tell a story or elicit emotion. This image we shared is not only compelling and interesting, but it also elicits emotion and therefore drives engagement from our followers. What this will look like for your business will depend on your industry, but think outside of posting images of your own products and services. Posting about yourself repeatedly on social media is like being that person at a party who talks constantly about themselves. Also, beware of copyright issues. If the image is not your own, request permission to use it or source non-attribution-required photos. (Check out this awesome list of royalty-free stock photos here.) Engaging Copy While you don’t have to add text to your Instagram posts, doing so packs a punch that just an image won’t provide. Think of your caption as an additional way to reel in your followers and keep them engaged. It’s a place to add context, share more information, ask a question, and invite comments. 5. Leverage strategic partnerships. One of the biggest frustrations for most marketers delving into Instagram is that they don’t know how to build a following. After all, without a large number of followers, how can it possibly be an effective marketing channel? There’s one tactic in particular that we used to quickly grow our Instagram following to 10,000 in just a couple of weeks: partnering with other Instagram accounts. Are we talking about co-marketing or influencer marketing? Both because they lead to the same result: Expanding your reach. In addition, both require you to: Conduct research to see if their audience aligns with yours. Review your business goals and determine the KPIs for the partnership. Collaborate on a content strategy. For example. LIKE.TG recently teamed up with @ntwrk to celebrate Women’s History Month and promote the Grow Better mission. Now that Instagram allows the same post to be shared by two profiles, brands can co-market easily on the platform. Followers from both accounts will view the post, increasing each one’s reach and engagement. 6. Foster a community of highly engaged followers. Engagement on Instagram comes in many forms, including followers sharing your content, liking and commenting, tagging their friends, and clicking on your calls to action. In this section, we'll go over some of our tactics for fostering a community. Post When Your Followers Will Actually See Your Content Have you ever posted something to social media that you think will do really well, only to be met with crickets? Low likes, low shares, and the only comments you landed were from spambots. While it's easy to assume you miscalculated the potential of the post, it could just be that you posted the update at the wrong time. The easiest way to know when your followers will be active on the app is to head over to your insights dashboard. If you have a business account (you should), you can learn valuable insights about your audience’s demographics and behavior on the app, including location, age, gender, and activity. From there, you can schedule your posts based on your audience’s most active days and times. Invite the Engagement A lot of brands will start Instagram accounts and become frustrated when people aren't engaging with their content. It seems so obvious and simple, but sometimes actually asking for your audience to engage makes all the difference. You can either include the action you want your followers to take as part of the image itself, or include it in the caption. Take a look at this example from clothing brand Grass Fields. In their post, they share design images and ask their followers to name their favorites in the comments. Not only do they get real-time feedback on their product, but they also get great engagement on the post. 7. Post regularly. When a user is scrolling on the app, you are competing for their attention along with millions of other brands. Because of this, visibility is key. With so many ways to share content, from Reels to Stories to Lives, there are a lot of opportunities to reach your audience – each demanding a different level of effort and preparation. This is good news for brands, especially small ones. While it’s recommended that you share on the platform every day, you can choose how you share based on your bandwidth and which methods are offering the beinstst ROI. For instance, an in-feed post likely requires more work than a Story since it will live on your profile. With a Story, you can quickly engage your audience through a quick poll, a question, a reshared post knowing that it will disappear after 24 hours. A good rule of thumb: Publish an in-feed post three to four times a week and share on Stories every day. 8. Review your data and optimize your approach. If you’re already following all the tips we’ve outlined above and you’re still struggling to get meaningful traction on the app, the answer could be in your data. Too often, brands get stuck in one approach and don’t review their data to see if it’s actually working. Your Instagram Insights dashboar d offers a wealth of information on how each post performed, including impressions, accounts reached, content interactions, and profile activity. For instance, say you’ve been posting images for the past month, then you post one video and it outperforms 60% of your previous posts. That’s an indication that your audience may respond better to video content. It’s worth experimenting with more videos. If you don’t analyze your performance and look for optimization opportunities, there’s a good chance you’ll reach a plateau with no idea how to get out of it. 9. Share your Instagram profile on other channels. As you work to grow your following on Instagram, you can also drive traffic to your profile externally. One way to entice users to follow your page on that platform is by hosting a giveaway or sharing exclusive content. In addition, don’t be afraid to promote your Instagram on other social platforms. For instance, your website could include a section with your Instagram feed along with a call-to-action to follow your page. You can also include a link to your Instagram profile in your email marketing campaigns. Wherever you have an online presence, be sure to share the link to your profile so that your audience knows where to find you. 10. Convert your followers into subscribers. As you know, email marketing is crucial to a thriving business. Instagram has been an important driver of email subscribers for Foundr, converting around 15,000–30,000 followers into subscribers each month, depending on our promotions. If you’re familiar with Instagram’s limitations, you may be wondering how this is possible. After all, Instagram doesn’t allow links in photo descriptions. That’s where a well-crafted bio comes into play. Many businesses find it difficult to get followers to click the links in their bios because the tendency is to overload bios with ... well, junk. Break that pattern by writing your bio like you'd write a Tweet: short, useful, and packed with intention. Here’s what we’ve chosen as our bio: In your bio, you can include a URL that takes users to a link tree or a direct link to your subscription landing page. Once you’ve put the systems into place, start driving followers to your bio by including calls-to-action in your content. 11. Optimize your bio. When it comes to Instagram, many overlook the bios and focus on having great content. But your bio is a key point of discoverability so it’s essential you give it some love too. Say someone is looking for something specific on the platform, with an optimized bio, you’ll make sure your profile shows up in the search results. This means including a business category, a short description of your brand, and a few keywords related to your brand or industry. How many followers do you need to build a brand on Instagram? The beauty of social media is that there’s no minimum requirement to get started. This means that you don’t need any followers to get started building your brand. In fact, that’s how most brands start. Unless you’re launching a sub-brand or using your personal brand to promote your new brand, you will have to organically grow your followers by using the strategies outlined above. The key to success is consistency. Nothing will work if you do it for a month and give up. By remaining consistent, you increase your chances of reaching your audience and building a community. Best Way to Build a Brand on Instagram Instagram is a social platform with tremendous potential for businesses in almost any industry. All it takes is a robust strategy, high-quality content, and the ability to pivot when needed. It won’t happen overnight, but as long as you stay consistent, you’ll start to see your following grow and your community building. This can have a significant impact on your reach, brand awareness, and ultimately the revenue of your company. Editor's Note: This post was originally published in Dec 2015 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How to Use Instagram Insights (in 9 Easy Steps)
How to Use Instagram Insights (in 9 Easy Steps)
Instagram Insights shows you engagement analytics that empower you to improve your Instagram for Business strategy. You no longer have to guess about what works for your audience; Instagram Insights will tell you. You’ll therefore be able to get more likes, earn more followers, and grow your profile exponentially. In this post, we’ll go over everything you need to know about Instagram Insights(also known as Instagram Analytics)and how to leverage it to improve your Instagram profile. New Data: Instagram Engagement Report [Free Download] What is Instagram Insights?Instagram Insights is a feature that allows Instagram Business Account users to see analytics related to their profile and posts. From this data, you'll be able to identify what your audience likes and engages with the most to improve your Instagram strategy. Why use Instagram Insights? Instagram Insights allows you to get access to important user engagement data for your business profile. It’s not just enough to know the raw numbers, such as the amount of likes you get for one post. It’s important to understand your audience, too. That’s where Insights comes in. It tells you how they do things, what they prefer, and who they are. You can certainly make business decisions based on gut feeling, but you're much more likely to hit the mark when you can validate assumptions with cold, hard facts. Data and analytics help you measure the impact of your marketing efforts across different channels to see if there's something you need to do differently — like target a different audience, post at a certain time of day, or experiment with a new content format. Social media isn't any different from other aspects of your marketing in the sense that it can be measured and improved upon. That's why you'll be able to create a more effective Instagram strategy using Instagram Insights. To use Instagram Insights, you must first have a business profile. The good news? If you're already using a personal account, you can switch to a business profile right from your phone. Here's how to convert your account in a few simple steps. How to Get Access to Instagram InsightsOpen up your profile on the Instagram app.Access the Settings page.Tap 'Account.'Click 'Switch to Professional Account.'Choose your category and click 'Done.'Optional: Switch to a Business account.Optional: Connect your Facebook page. 1. Open up your profile on the Instagram app. You can convert your Instagram profile to a Business account directly from your Instagram mobile app. First up, open up the app and click on your profile picture on the bottom right-hand corner of your feed. 2. Access the Settings page. Next, it’s time to head to Settings. On your profile, click the hamburger icon on the top-right corner. On the pop-up, click “Settings.” 3. Tap "Account." A list menu will come up. Tap “Account.” 4. Click "Switch to Professional Account”. By switching to a Professional account, you can get access to Insights immediately — even if you’re not a business. 5. Choose your category and click “Done.” Choose the best category that describes you. Once you’re finished, click “Done.” After, go back to your profile. Here’s what it will look like: As you can see, you can immediately access Insights with a Professional account. If you’re a freelancer or content creator, you can stay as is, or you can take the extra step of switching to a Business account. 6. Optional: Switch to a Business account. If you’re a business, organization, or brand, you’ll want to take the additional step of turning your Professional account into a Business account. A Professional account gives you full access to Insights, but is designed for independent digital creators. A Business account is more apt for companies. Note that turning your account into a Professional account always comes before switching to a Business account. To turn your account into a Business account, click the hamburger menu in the top right corner of your profile. Click “Settings,” then “Account.” At the bottom, click “Switch Account Type.” Then click “Switch to Business Account.” Done! You’re now a Business account with access to Insights. 7. Optional: Connect your Facebook page. Lastly, if you have a Facebook Business page, it’s important to connect it to your Instagram Business or Professional account. To do so, go to your profile and click the “Edit Profile” button. Under “Profile Information,” click “Connect Facebook page.” Follow the prompts to connect your Page or create a new one. Be sure to already have a Facebook account prior to connecting your page. Click here for instructions for setting up your Facebook Page if you don't already have one. Once you’ve set up your Professional or Business Account, you can begin to use Instagram Insights. Before we get into specific instructions for using it, however, here are the analytics on this channel that marketers need to know and understand — and how to use them. Instagram Insights Explained Let’s look at Instagram Insights from a bird’s eye view and zoom in piece-by-piece. Insights Overview Insights Overview is the “home page” of Instagram Insights. Here, you’ll see how you’ve fared overall. You get several pieces of information on this page: Date Range: This represents the days and weeks of data on the screen. You can change the amount of time by clicking “Last 7 days” on the top left-hand corner. Information: If you’re ever lost or don’t know what something means, you can click on the “i” button on the top right-hand corner and get definitions for the terms on the screen. Accounts Reached: Accounts Reached refers to the number of unique users who have seen your content — posts, stories, reels, videos, Live videos, and promoted ads — at least once. Accounts Engaged: Accounts Engaged refers to the amount of users whom 1) you’ve reached and 2) interacted with your content in some way. Interactions can include likes, saves, comments, shares, and replies. Total Followers: Total Followers refers to the number of people who follow you. Content You Shared: This section gives you the overall number of posts, Stories, reels, videos, Live videos, and promotions that you’ve shared. Now, let’s go into “Accounts Reached,” “Accounts Engaged,” and “Total Followers” in more detail. Accounts Reached In Accounts Reached, you’ll see more specific information about the users who have seen your content and interacted with your profile in some way or form. Lets’ break down the different pieces of information you’ll find in this page. Reached Audience: The reached audience section shows you how many unique users have come across your content. Your reached audience will be broken down by follower status, gender, age, countries, and cities. You can also see the amount of people you’ve reached via ads and promotions. Content Reach: The content reach section allows you to see which types of posts have reached the greater amount of people. You’ll first see a graph with the number of people who’ve seen your posts, stories, reels, IGTV videos, and Live videos. Underneath, you’ll see your individual top-performing posts based on reach. Impressions: Impressions refers to the number of times all of your posts have been viewed — including repeat views by the same users. Profile Activity: Profile activity breaks down the actions users take after visiting your profile. You can see the number of website taps, business address taps, call button taps, email button taps, and text button taps. For these metrics to show up, however, you have to have set up those buttons. Accounts Engaged Accounts engaged refers to the number of users who interacted with your content beyond just watching it or scrolling past it. Let’s break down the sections on this page. Engaged Audience: The engaged audience section shows you how many unique users have liked, commented, saved, shared, or replied to your content. Your engaged audience will be broken down by follower status, gender, age, countries, and cities. Content Interactions: The content interactions section shows you the total number of times people have liked, commented, saved, shared, or replied to your content. It then breaks down this number on a per-post basis. You’ll also see your top-performing posts per category. Total Followers The total followers page of Instagram Insights allows you to see the total number of users who follow you. You can also see follows, unfollows, top locations, age ranges, and genders. Under total followers and its demographic breakdown, you’ll then see one more section: most active times. Most Active Times: The most active times section shows you the hours and days that your followers are most often on Instagram. This allows you to determine the best times to post so you can engage the greatest amount of followers. How to See Post Insights on InstagramTo see post insights on Instagram, navigate to your Instagram profile and click the button that says “Insights” right above your posts. Alternatively, click the hamburger menu on the top right-hand corner and tap Insights. There, you’ll be able to see Insights for all of your posts, reels, live videos, and more. Next, let’s go over how you can see insights for individual posts on Instagram. How to See Insights for an Individual Post Navigate to your profile. Navigate to the individual post you’d like to see insights for. At the bottom of the post, there will be a banner. Tap View Insights. You can now see how many likes, comments, shares, and saves your post received. How to See Insights for a Reel Navigate to your profile. Navigate to the individual reel you’d like to see insights for. At the bottom of the reel, there will be a banner. Tap View Insights. You can now see how many plays, likes, comments, shares, and saves your reel received. How to See Insights for a Story If your Story is currently live on your profile: Navigate to your profile. Click on your profile picture. Scroll up on the story. You’ll immediately access insights for that Story, including replies, exits, link clicks, forwards, and more. If your Story has already expired or more than 24 hours have passed: Navigate to your profile. Tap the Insights action button at the top of your post grid. Under Content You Shared, tap the row of Stories you’ve shared in the past. Swipe up on the individual story you’d like to see insights for. How to See Insights for a Live Video If you’ve just finished your Live video: Tap View Insights immediately after finishing your video. You’ll now be able to see the number of viewers, likes, drop-offs, comments, and other interactions. If you broadcasted your Live video in the past: Navigate to your profile. Tap the Insights action button at the top of your post grid. Under Content You Shared, tap the row of Live videos you’ve shared in the past. Click on the old Live video you’d like to see insights for. How to See Insights for a Video Navigate to your profile. Click the Play triangle button (▶) right above your post grid. Tap the video you’d like to see insights for. Tap the horizontal (⋯) or vertical (⋮) three dots on the corner of the video. Tap View Insights in the pop-up menu. Next, we'll get into how to use Instagram Insights in your day-to-day. How to Use Instagram Insights Instagram Insights is a fantastic tool, but it can be hard to know what to do once you gain access. Here are some of the most useful ways you can use Insights as you grow your Instagram profile. 1. Measure reach. Click the Accounts Reached section. As mentioned, reach reflects the number of unique users that have seen any of your Instagram posts. Within this category, you'll see insights for: Top Posts: The posts that generated the most reach. Top Stories: The Instagram Stories posts that generated the most reach. Top IGTV Videos: The IGTV videos that generated the most reach. Impressions: How many times your posts were seen. Profile Activity: Profile visits, website taps, and other activity. Some of these insights can be expanded for more insights. 2. Track profile visits and followers. On the Accounts Reached page under Account Activity, you'll be able to see Profile Visits. Profile Visits reflects the number of times your profile has been viewed. Find out how many of your profile visitors are turning into followers by dividing your number followers by the number of visitors. Track this number over time to find out whether your “conversion rate” is increasing or decreasing. 3. Determine website clicks. Website Taps can also be found under Accounts Reached > Profile Activity. This insight reflects the number of times any links you've included in your business profile have been clicked. 5. Track content interactions. Navigate back to Insights Overview and tap Accounts Engaged. This will bring up a page that shows how your content is performing in terms of engagement, breaking down the metrics by content type. Likes speaks for itself, reflecting the number of users who liked your post. As with likes, Comments reflects the number of comments left on your post. Saves highlights the number of unique users or accounts who saved your post. If any of these numbers are low, it’s important to reevaluate your Instagram strategy. 6. Track your followers. Navigate back to Insights Overview and click Total Followers. You'll then reach the Follower Breakdown page. This page reflects how many followers you've gained or lost over the past week, as well as the average times of day when your followers are using Instagram — data that can be highly beneficial when planning posts. 7. Learn which actions were taken on your post. To view insights for a specific Instagram post, start by visiting your profile. Tap on the post you'd like to look into, then click View Insights below the image Under the “Profile Activity” section, you’ll find out the number of actions that users took on your profile as a result of seeing your post — things like visiting your profile, then taking an action like clicking on your website link or following you. 8. Use "Reach" to see where your post showed up in feeds. Previously named “Discovery,” Reach indicates where your post was seen — or discovered — the most, including how many accounts weren't already following you when they first saw the post. This section includes metrics on Impressions, which reflect the number of times your post was discovered from a particular place within Instagram, like the user's home feed, a search, your profile, a location tag, or a hashtag. Reach insights also include data on a post's reach — which reflects the number of unique accounts that saw your post. 9. View Story insights. Instagram users with a business profile are able to view insights into their ephemeral Stories. To view your Story insights, navigate back to Insights and scroll down to Content You Shared section on the Insights Overview page. Scroll down to the Stories section, and you'll be able to see insights for older stories, as well as any that have not yet expired. Next, we'll get into the more specific insights you can explore. Impressions This insight represents how many times your Story was seen. When viewing these insights, keep in mind that you're able to add multiple images or videos to your Story. When you do this, every piece of visual content in your Story is counted as a single photo or video in your post. Let's say you add six photos to your Story. Whether someone only views one or views all six, Instagram only counts your entire Story having received one impression. The same goes for Story content that has been viewed by a single user more than once. Instagram still only counts that interaction as the entire Story having received one impression. Reach This insight reflects the number of unique users that have seen your Story. Taps Forward This insight reflects the number of times a user taps your Story photo or video to skip to the next piece of media. Taps Back This insight reflects the number of times a user taps your Story photo or video to go back to the previous piece of media. Replies This insight reflects the number of times users send messages through the Send Message text box on your Story. Swipe Aways This insight reflects the number of times users swipe to skip to the next account’s Story — not to be mistaken for "tap forward," which reflects users skipping ahead to your next piece of Story media. Exits This insight reflects the number of times a user leaves the Stories section entirely to return to the home feed. Measuring Your Effectiveness With Instagram Insights Now that you know how to access data to inform your strategy with Instagram Insights, you can analyze that data and determine what's working for your audience (and what's not). From there, creating content that gets a ton of engagement will be a lot easier as you consider those benchmarks. Editor's Note: This post was originally published in January 2018 but has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How Does the Instagram Algorithm Work? [+Changes Brands Should Know in 2021]
How Does the Instagram Algorithm Work? [+Changes Brands Should Know in 2021]
Instagram has been around for 11 years. While the app was initially meant for still images, content creators and everyday users can now share photos and videos in various forms, like Story posts, Instagram Reels, and longer-form videos on IGTV. Although there are many content types to post on the app, simply leveraging one of the options isn’t enough to find marketing success on the platform. This is because, no matter how high-quality the content you share, the Instagram algorithm determines what succeeds on the app and what doesn’t. While Instagram doesn’t disclose all the factors that the algorithm uses to assess content, they have released general information about what the algorithm looks for. In this post, we’ll explain everything you need to know about the algorithm to succeed on the app, from the factors that play into it and tips and tricks to use to make sure your content doesn’t go unnoticed. What is the Instagram algorithm?The Instagram algorithm studies user behavior on the app and uses your previous activity to decide what content you see on your feed and explore page and how others on the platform see your content. Essentially, the algorithm controls your organic reach. As a business, unless you’re entirely reliant on paid ads, it’s essential to understand how the algorithm works and what you need to do to ensure that it favors your content and shows your posts to your target audience. Below we’ll explain how the Instagram algorithm works and the factors it assesses when surfacing your content in news feeds. How does the Instagram algorithm work? If you’re a frequent Instagram user, you may have heard people say something like “Bring back reverse chronological order!” when talking about the algorithm. What they’re referring to is when Instagram showed the most recent posts at the top of someone's feed and older ones at the bottom. It was great for creators and Instagram users because, at some point, your post would be at the top of all of your followers' feeds, so they would be guaranteed to see it. However, in March 2016, the algorithm changed. Instagram said, “People miss, on average, 70 percent of their feeds. As Instagram has grown, it has become harder to keep up with all the photos and videos people share. This means you often don’t see the posts you might care about the most.” It’s no longer a question of when you post, but a variety of factors that we’ll discuss below: relationship, timing, frequency, following, usage, interest. Instagram Algorithm Factors Relationship Perceived relationships are the most important ranking factor. The algorithm prioritizes sharing content with you based on the relationships you have with the accounts you follow. The more you comment, like, and interact with an account on Instagram, the more likely you will see their content, and see it often. The algorithm also notes people you direct message, accounts you search for, and photos you’re tagged in. The relationship factor applies to brands as well. If a consumer regularly likes your content and interacts with it, repeat engagement will make your posts shown to them more often and closer to the top of their feed. This means that it’s essential for you to inspire engagement in your content, which we’ll discuss further below. Timing Although feeds aren’t chronological, the algorithm still wants users to see the most recent and relevant posts, especially from accounts that you have a stronger, established relationship with. Timing just means that you’re not as likely to see a post from three weeks ago as you were before 2016. You can leverage this factor to your advantage by using your profile analytics to discover the best time to post on Instagram, helping you meet your followers when they’re most active on the app and more likely to engage. Frequency Frequency refers to how often a user opens the Instagram app. Frequent users will see a more chronological feed, but those who seldom open the app will see posts most relevant to their interests and relationships since last opening the app. Following Following many people means that the algorithm has more content to choose from when surfacing posts in a feed. When this happens, they prioritize relationships, engagement, and perceived interests. Again, this factor emphasizes the importance of generating a relationship with your audience, encouraging engagement, and posting at the right times. Usage The usage factor is similar to frequency, as it relates to how much time is spent on the app. Those who do quick browsing sessions will see what the algorithm determines to be the day’s highlights based on the factors mentioned above, while those who spend more time on the app will see a more significant number of posts. Frequent browsers may even run out of content to see, at which point the algorithm will suggest new posts and accounts based on your interactions and engagement history. Interest Instagram makes many content recommendations, so a portion of the content users see is based on the app's understanding of their interest in specific topics. If it detects that you always like, comment, and interact with posts around similar topics, you’ll see those posts first. Users who engage with content similar to what you post are also more likely to be shown your posts, and vice versa. While not a direct factor that Instagram has noted as an algorithm factor in 2016, engagement does play a significant role in the algorithms process. How Instagram's Algorithm Uses Engagement In addition to all of the above factors, engagement plays a significant role in how the Instagram algorithm prioritizes and surfaces content to users. The most important engagement metrics are comments, likes, shares, and video views. Here is a breakdown of how engagement factors into the algorithm: 1. When you first post a photo, it’s shown to a small percentage of your audience. 2. Instagram measures how quickly that photo is interacted with, i.e., comments and likes. 3. Instagram compares the engagement that your post gets to other content you’ve shared at similar times and days. For example, is your post from today at 10 am getting more or less traffic than your post from last Monday at 10 am? The app compares to similar times to ensure accuracy when evaluating your engagement metrics, especially since certain times bring better results. 4. If your photo attracts a lot of engagement, Instagram will show it to a higher percentage of your audience and maybe even share it on explore pages. 5. If your post continues to attract engagement, your photo will stay at the top of your audience’s news feeds and reach more people. If it doesn’t attract a lot of initial attention, less of your audience will see your post. Instagram Algorithm Update 2021 The 2016 algorithm update was almost a complete overhaul to how the algorithm works, so it is the most notable, publicized, and confirmed by Instagram. Unfortunately, since then, Instagram doesn’t always make it public when they’ve changed the algorithm. So, if you notice changes to your engagement and reach, it is most likely not the result of an algorithm change but most likely due to the app's growth. There are so many accounts on the platform, and as people follow more and more users, competition on the app grows. It becomes more difficult to quickly generate a significant amount of engagement, which in turn impacts how, where, and when your posts are shown in your audience's feed. This is one of the many reasons why it’s important to monitor your Instagram analytics. Instagram Algorithm Recent Changes That being said, the most recent update to the algorithm as of 2021 is the removal of like counts on people's photos. The update hasn't yet been made available to all Instagram users, but it would effectively remove a total like count from a user's photo and instead display only the usernames of people that have liked the post. Users who post a photo still have the option to see the number of likes a photo has received, though. Instagram is making this update because they believe it will do numbers to diminish bullying on the app and protect users from being influenced by social pressure that says they need to get a certain amount of likes on their posts. How to Get Your Posts Shown Higher on Instagram Although there is not much you can do to beat the algorithm, or so to speak, there are ways to get your posts shown higher on Instagram. Post when you know your audience is most active. Like all social media platforms, one of the easiest ways to generate immediate engagement is to post content when you know your followers are most active, as they’re already browsing the app and ready to see what you have to offer. To get this information, you can use the native Instagram Analytics tool available to all users with business accounts or another option like Marketing Hub. If you’re new to the app, it will be challenging to get this information right away, so come back to this tip after you’ve spent enough time on the app to get valuable, actionable analytics. Post content you know your audience likes. Again, use your analytics. Understand the content that your audience engages with the most, whether it’s high-quality product photos, behind-the-scenes content, or Instagram Reels. Use this to your advantage, and continue creating content that they enjoy as they’re more likely to interact with something they like. Use business-relevant hashtags. Hashtags are a great way to signal to the algorithm about your content, which can help surface your profile to audience members interested in the hashtags you use. Don’t overload your hashtag use, but aim to use them in all of the content you share on Instagram, from Stories to IGTV to photo captions. Encourage engagement and interaction. Interaction on your profile will come naturally, but encouraging engagement and interaction with the content you share can be valuable in getting the algorithm to work for you. Create engaging captions that entice users to comment on your posts, ask for likes and shares, and be in conversation with those who interact to inspire loyalty and entice them to return. You can also place interactive elements in your Instagram Stories, like polls, stickers, and emojis. The benefits of this are twofold, as your customers will be interacting with your content, and you’ll also learn more about their interests and desires based on the responses they give. Stay consistent. One of the most important things to do to take control over the algorithm is to stay consistent on the app. Develop an Instagram-specific posting schedule, and stick to it. It’ll help you stay continuously active on the platform, which allows your followers to continuously engage with your content, which helps the algorithm learn more and more about your account. The more information they have, and the more engagement they see, the higher you will be on your followers’ feeds. Instagram Story Algorithm Instagram Stories appear at the top of a user’s feed. The Stories algorithm prioritizes timeliness, and you’re most likely to see the most recent stories from the accounts you engage and interact with the most. The accounts that the algorithm thinks you have the strongest relationships with will always have their Stories shown before all other stories. For businesses, this means that it’s essential to maintain an active presence on Instagram Stories and to encourage engagement within your Stories, like polls and asking questions. Instagram Explore Algorithm The feed algorithm and Explore page algorithm are relatively similar, as they both show content that Instagram thinks you’ll be most interested in based on your previous app activity. The main difference is that feed content features accounts you’re familiar with and following, while the Explore page is content from new accounts. You can think of it like this: if one of your favorite things to do on Instagram is watch food videos, your feed will display content from the accounts with food videos that you interact with the most. Your explore page would also contain food videos since the algorithm knows you like them, but you won’t follow those accounts already. The explore page is based entirely on interests, so, as a business, it’s important to share content related to your brand and utilize elements that would tell the algorithm who to show your content to, like relevant hashtags. Succeeding on Instagram is not just about posting content regularly. You also need to understand how the algorithm works and leverage its makeup to your advantage. While changes to the algorithm will always happen, staying on top of the trends will help you ensure that you’re prepared for them when they do.

                    How to Sell on Instagram Using Shoppable Posts
How to Sell on Instagram Using Shoppable Posts
After months of testing, Instagram announced a big change to its user interface (UI) in late 2020: replacing the user "Activity" tab with the "Shop" tab, the social platform's latest move to be more business-friendly. It's a big evolution from where the feature was just a few years ago. Today, it's infinitely easier for users to shop products from brands without ever leaving the app. So, how exactly does the tool work and how can you leverage it to generate revenue? Find out everything you need to know in the sections below. Why Your Business Should Sell on Instagram Thanks to the Instagram shoppable posts feature and other supportive tools (like the product wishlist, product launch reminder, and shopping stickers on Instagram Stories), users can go through the entire buyer's journey, from discovery to checkout. Social media platforms are typically seen as great brand awareness tools. However, Instagram's new integrations have made it a big revenue driver. A 2019 Facebook study revealed that 54% of respondents purchased items in the moment or some time after seeing a product or service on Instagram. And it's not only direct-to-consumer brands that can benefit from using Instagram's shopping features. A Q4 2020 report by HootSuite revealed that 36.2% of B2B decision-makers use the app to source new products and/or services. Shoppable posts are marked with a clickable shopping bag icon that displays the product information and the "View Products" call-to-action to visit the brand's Shop page. This creates a seamless experience for the user and allows you to advertise your products without being too promotional. How to Sell on Instagram Meet the eligibility criteria.Upload your product catalog.Submit your account for review. 1. Meet the eligibility criteria. There are a few eligibility requirements you must check off before you start selling on Instagram. You must: Be located in one of these markets. Have an Instagram business or creator account. Sell physical goods that comply with Instagram's merchant agreement and commerce policies. Connect your Instagram account to a Facebook Business Page. Once you meet the above requirements, follow the steps below. 2. Upload your product catalog. Your catalog is a file that contains the products you want to sell along with their information, such as pricing and description. There are two ways to upload your product catalog: Take the do-it-yourself route through the Facebook Business Manager by manually adding the items. Connect to an ecommerce platform partner, such as Shopify or BigCommerce. Find a full list of compatible partners here. How to Upload Your Products Manually To create a catalog through Facebook, you must first have a Facebook Business Manager account, which is different from a Business page. From there, head to the Commerce Manager and set up your catalog. Here's a step-by-step guide on how to do it. It's very important to keep your product catalog synced with your Instagram Page, and that your product descriptions and prices are accurate. If you're running a sale or promotion, be sure to update your product catalog to reflect it. How to Upload Your Products through an Ecommerce Platform A second way to connect your Instagram Business Profile to a Facebook catalog is to do it through an ecommerce platform. Here are the steps using two popular platforms. Shopify Before you get started, you need to have the Facebook sales channel (included in all paid Shopify plans) installed on your Shopify store, which creates a Shop tab on your Facebook page. For specific details on how to connect your Facebook page to your Shopify account, you can view the Shopify guide here. Once you've done the above, you can easily add the Instagram Sales Channel to your Shopify store, which connects the products from your Shopify page to your Instagram business profile. To do this, head to your Shopify admin and click on the "+" button located beside the "Sales Channels" heading. Next, on the "Add sales channel" dialogue, click "Instagram" and then "Add channel." You'll need to log into your Facebook account page to authenticate your Instagram account in the sales channel. Once the Instagram Sales Channel is installed, you can enable the feature in your settings on Instagram. BigCommerce Start by opening Channel Manager on your BigCommerce account and click "Get Started" next to Facebook. On the next screen, confirm that you're using a compatible currency, sign up for a Facebook account (if you don't have one), review the product requirements, then click "Get Started." Next, fill out your details on the Configuration page, including your business' contact email, phone number, and the Facebook Page you'd like your shop to appear on. Here's the complete BigCommerce guide on how to do it. Once Facebook approves your catalog, head back to Channel Manager, click "Get Started" next to Instagram, and confirm that your store meets the requirements. 3. Submit your account for review. Once you've connected your product catalog to your Instagram account, you can submit your account for approval. 1. Go to your professional dashboard. Once there, click on "Set Up Instagram Shopping." 2. On the setup page, click on "Get Started."3. Select your catalog. 4. Review the details and click "Submit for Review." The approval process can take a few days. You may also need to provide additional information, such as domain verification. How to Tag Products with Instagram Shoppable Posts Once you get access to shoppable posts on Instagram and you've completed all the steps listed above, adding tags to your posts is quick and easy. 1. Upload your image and once you're done editing, hit "Next." 2. Click on "Tag Products." 3. Tap on the item in your image you want to tag. 4. Search for the product and select it. 5. Click on "Done" and share the image. Have an older post that still gets good traction, but doesn't have a shoppable tag? You can tag products in both new and existing posts from your Instagram Business Profile, up to five products per single image post or 20 products per multi-photo (or carousel) post. How to Optimize Your Posts for Shoppable Purchases 1. Create posts that feel natural to the Instagram feed. While selling on Instagram is easier than ever, remember that your audience shouldn't feel like they are being sold to. You should maintain their current content strategy, incorporating shoppable tags on photos that are a natural fit for your profile. 2. Leverage influencer content. A great way to organically add shopping tags to your post is by leveraging posts from consumers. Studies show consumers trust influencers much more than brands and these posts serve as social proof, i.e., credibility and validation for the brand. For example, Fe Noel recently reposted this post from a fashion influencer and added the product tag. You can also optimize your Instagram sales strategy by using influencer posts. Influencer collaborations and sponsorships have nearly replaced traditional ads and are a huge part of social media strategies today. 55% of fashion shoppers have purchased a fashion item after seeing it promoted on the platform, according to a 2020 post from Instagram's creator account. Below, popular fashion model Michelle Dee is shown sporting a Herschel Supply suitcase on the brand's profile: An Instagram influencer's stamp of approval goes a long way and is a great strategy to drive sales from your Instagram shoppable posts. 3. Optimize your post with multiple tags. Lastly, including multiple shopping tags in your photos will help your audience explore and browse through your products quickly. You can also try adding shopping tags to carousel posts to test their performance against single-photo posts. 4. Activate the Shop page on your Instagram profile. Create at least nine shoppable posts to activate the "Shop" tab on your Instagram profile. This will group all your shoppable posts under one tab for easy shopping and product discovery. Measuring the Results of Your Shoppable Posts Instagram business accounts have access to analytics for their shoppable posts, including data on how many people viewed product information and clicked through to the product page. This information helps determine what type of products resonate with your Instagram followers and identify gaps in the buyer's journey. As with all of your social media marketing efforts, you should measure performance data to see what drives the best results (and why) and use that to inform future posts. Once your business begins selling on Instagram, keep experimenting with images, copy, shopping tags, and other factors that may contribute to your sales. No matter what type of products you sell, delving into your analytics allows you to understand your audience's wants, improves your content, and ultimately helps you drive more traffic and sales. Selling on Instagram is a unique opportunity to reach users in all stages of the buyer journey through a seamless experience.

                    How to Post on Instagram: A Step-by-Step Guide
How to Post on Instagram: A Step-by-Step Guide
With over 1 billion active users, Instagram is one of the best social media networks to advertise your business, reach new audiences, and grow brand awareness. So even if you aren’t active on the website yet, it’s never too late to adopt an Instagram strategy in your marketing plan. If you're ready to start sharing content through this channel, we've got you covered. Here, we're sharing a quick-and-easy guide to posting on Instagram, to ensure you can begin attracting the attention of your audience with Instagram marketing. How to Post on InstagramTap the + icon at the top of your screen.Choose a photo or video from your library or shoot one in the app.Post multiple images on Instagram.Crop the image.Pick a filter.Edit your photo.Type your caption.Use hashtags for post optimization.Tag friends.Add your location.Play with emojis.Share the post on other social media platforms.Edit the post. Posting to Instagram consistently can help businesses find resonance with their audience and grow better, but doing it right is just as important. Here's how to post to your Instagram account step-by-step. Grow Your Audience on Instagram Today Now that you know how to post to Instagram, you can begin creating content for the platform and connecting with your audience. If you're a business or brand, you'll want a solid strategy for earning engagement and awareness. Editor's note: This post was originally published in November 2019 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    Why You Shouldn't Buy Instagram Followers (& What Experts Say to Do Instead)
Why You Shouldn't Buy Instagram Followers (& What Experts Say to Do Instead)
You might know your Instagram content is good, but imagine how much better it will seem if it looks like 10,000 people agree. Whether you’re trying to become a social media celebrity or simply looking to spread brand awareness on Instagram, it can be tempting to take shortcuts wherever you can in order to expand your audience, including 'buying' Instagram followers. Here, we’re covering all the questions you have about buying Instagram followers. We’ve also explored the pros and cons, so you can decide for yourself if it’s a good move for your brand. Can you buy Instagram followers? How to buy Instagram followers? Alternatives to Buying Instagram Followers Can you buy Instagram followers?Yes, you can buy Instagram followers. There are plenty of cheap services available that allow you to buy 1,000 followers for as little as $10. But you’re only paying for a number. Many of those followers are either bots or inactive accounts, which means they’ll never engage with your posts. 1,000 followers seem like a good deal for the price of a small Starbucks latte. But of course, if it really was that cheap and easy, everyone would be doing it. So what’s the catch? Is buying Instagram followers legal and safe for your business? Is it a worthwhile investment? And how much do these fake followers cost anyway? How much do Instagram followers cost? The cost for Instagram followers can range from a few dollars to thousands of dollars depending on how many you plan to purchase. However, keep in mind that buying followers is against Instagram's terms of service, so the price you pay could be more than monetary. Buying followers could cost you your Instagram account, at worst, and a decrease in engagement and reach, at best.How to Buy Instagram Followers The vast majority of purchasable followers are either bots or inactive accounts. Here's how it works: The Fake Follower Vendors Buying fake followers on Instagram is much harder now than it was a few years ago. Why? Instagram has been cracking down on accounts that violate their terms of service. What used to be fairly above-board is now an enigma. In order to buy Instagram followers these days, you’ll need to know someone who can put you in contact with a vendor who will actually deliver the bots — I mean followers — they say they will (you’ll also want to choose someone that you trust with your credit card information). But what happens once you’ve paid for your followers? Assuming the vendor is legitimate (as legitimate as can be for this type of service) you’ll wait anywhere from a few minutes to a few days for your followers to trickle in. The sellers roll out your followers over time so as not to alert Instagram that something fishy is going on. Once you have your brand new automated followers, don’t expect much. These followers won’t do anything for your engagement metrics. When you buy Instagram followers, you’re paying for a number alone. Engagement is not guaranteed. When you buy Instagram followers, you’re paying for a number alone. Engagement is not guaranteed, or even likely. When you buy Instagram followers, you’re paying for a number alone. Engagement is not guaranteed, or even likely. Instagram Bots Instagram bots are everywhere — you’ve likely come across several of them today alone. There are companies out there that have automated the process of creating bots so well that they can then sell them as followers. In some cases, the bots may even assume the identity of a real person, using stolen images and names. Depending on the service, these dummy accounts may even seem organic, running on automation to share and like content. Some can even be programmed to produce content. However, because they're not real people, they will not have an organic-looking following-to-follower ratio. As a result, the engagement they do produce will have little impact. Without real followers to engage with your content, your posts are essentially hidden from everyone except your inauthentic audience. Plus, your bot followers won’t discuss your brand in real life with friends or family, because, well … they don’t exist in real life (no offense, bots). Inactive Accounts However, not all fake followers are bots. Some companies sell followers with genuine accounts. In this situation, the accounts are created either because they're managed by users whose only goal is to get followed in return. And while these followers might show early engagement, they'll ultimately become a drain on your Instagram account's performance metrics when their accounts go dormant. After all, if their account was created for the sole purpose of fulfilling sponsorship requests, the real person behind the account has little reason to dwell on the newsfeed, interact with content, or purchase the goods and services being advertised. Without that interaction, your follower numbers are inflated with none of the value that organic followers would bring. Demographic Accounts In addition to buying followers directly, you can also pay services to strategically follow other accounts on your behalf based on your preferences (location, hashtag usage, account type, and gender). Ideally, those followed accounts will then follow you back. With this option, your followers are more likely to be real people, but engagement is still unlikely. Since you can't even guarantee these accounts will follow you back, it’s a risky investment. Most accounts won’t follow you back, and even if they do, they probably aren’t going to be long-term, loyal, or active followers. Should you buy Instagram followers?It’s not a good idea to buy Instagram followers. The purchased followers are likely bots or inactive accounts, so they won’t engage with your posts. This means your posts won’t show up on Explore Pages, or your real audience’s newsfeeds. It will also make it hard to measure metrics. Simply put — you'll get early engagement that tapers off over time. Purchased Instagram followers also provide no long-term value to your profile's content. The followers you buy might give you views, likes, and comments early into acquiring them as a follower, but the attention they throw you now won't be there later — when you start reporting on how your Instagram account is performing. And how helpful are 10,000 followers that don't engage with you? Engagement is key to how Instagram’s algorithm displays posts to users. Without likes or comments, your post probably won’t show up on your audience’s newsfeeds, and it also won’t show up on any Explore Pages. Fake followers could hurt your credibility. Having a lot of followers could convince users to follow you organically, but it's not a guarantee. Remember the risks: these followers will probably never like or comment on a post, and if you’re caught with a ton of fake followers, that could ruin your credibility with your real audience. Users might notice you don’t have a ton of engagement on your posts, which could deter them from following you. If you have 10,000 followers but only four likes per post, it won't take people long to realize something is up. Think of it this way: would you keep following an account if you saw that most of its “loyal audience” was made up of inactive accounts or bots? I’m guessing not. It could seem deceitful, and lead you to believe the brand couldn’t get authentic followers through good content alone. Purchased Instagram followers can distort your performance metrics. It’s practically impossible to measure how well your target audience is connecting with your brand if a high percentage of that audience isn’t real. How will you measure posts that do well with your real audience if those bots and inactive accounts skew the ratio? If you don’t know how well your posts are doing or what your real audience thinks, you’ll never convert your Instagram followers into real customers. And isn’t that the point? Ultimately, if you pay for Instagram followers, you aren’t paying for quality, real-life followers. You’re paying for a blank number. And since Instagram’s algorithm is largely tied to engagement, not followers, buying followers isn’t a long-term solution. In fact, it isn’t a solution at all. Take the time, energy, and money that you would’ve dedicated to buying followers, and focus instead on building genuine relationships with a real audience. If your content is engaging and authentic, your loyal followers will spread the word and engage with your brand without needing any bribes. Instagram identifies and purges fake followers. Recently, Instagram has updated its terms of use to identify and remove inauthentic accounts from its platform. Instagram is also removing likes, follows, or comments from third-party apps that are designed to artificially grow accounts' audiences. By buying followers, you violate Instagram's community guidelines and it may trigger a reaction from Instagram's moderators. Instagram is looking to maintain genuine interactions on its site, protecting real accounts and experiences. Fake activity infringes upon this mission and might result in consequences, so it's better to grow your audience organically. Depending on your brand personality, it can help to be funny or witty in your content. Having an awareness of how your brand is perceived and the trends going around Instagram will serve you when choosing content to post and how to interact with your Instagram community. Quality Content in Action HeytonyTV became an overnight viral sensation during the pandemic when he released skits where he plays the role of a school administrator. In a short period of time, he amassed hundreds of thousands of followers who couldn't get enough of his creativity and wholesome, nostalgic humor. You don't have to be a comedian to gain followers, though. Being relatable and providing value to your audience is the number one goal. When looking at the top Instagram posts of all time, the content is engaging and relatable, rallying followers to like, comment, and share these posts. 3. Try Instagram Reels. Instagram Reels has been known to increase the reach of a post beyond the audience that is following the account. This presents an opportunity for your content to attract people who are already engaging with posts similar to yours. Start by recording a simple video using Instagram Reels. Include a few hashtags to the caption and choose a popular sound that people enjoy listening to. Even if you don't see an immediate bump in followers, stay consistent and keep an eye on how many views your Reel gets. This will indicate how many people are watching your content. Reels in Action Hickory Lane Home uses Reels to show her followers more relatable content that draws the viewer in. As a result, the comments are flooded with relatable responses and amusement that you just can't get from purchased followers. 4. Use Hashtags. Hashtags are like goldmines for finding new audiences. Users follow hashtags for updates about specific topics that interest them. If you use them intentionally in your captions, you have a great chance of showing up on the newsfeeds of people who’ve never seen your content before. But don’t start adding random hashtags to all your content. You’ll need a hashtag strategy to ensure you’re targeting the right people. Moreover, the sweet spot for Instagram hashtags is 30. That might seem like a lot, but if you have a strategy for how you’ll use them, you’ll likely find more than 30 that would work for you. The key for hashtags is to be intentional with them. The reward will be well worth the effort. Hashtags in Action Take a look at the hashtag #dogsofinstagram for example. With over a quarter of a million posts, this hashtag has the potential to reach a wide audience.However, it's a great idea to pair that hashtag with a smaller, niche one like #ridgebackpuppy to reach people who love your particular breed of dog. 5. Engage with other Instagram users. A good rule of thumb on Instagram is to engage with other users. Whether you like, comment, save or share their posts, every interaction counts for you and them. Instagram’s algorithm favors engagement which means the more you interact (and the more people interact with you) the more likely it will be that your content appears on more and more news feeds. That means more visibility and growth for your page. Engagement in Action GoSimplified does a great job of responding to comments on its posts. This example shows that the comments don't have to be detailed or long, but a simple acknowledgment goes a long way for engagement. Pro Tip: Before you go overboard, remember that Instagram does have a limit to this “rule.” There have been cases where the social media platform blocked users from engaging with content if they liked and commented on more than a few hundred posts in an hour. 6. Use Instagram stories. The audience for Instagram stories is simply waiting and watching for the next viral video or meme to slide across their screens. What makes stories arguably even better for growth than the traditional Instagram feed is the ability for users to interact with the content in a story. Polls, quizzes, and questions are engagement magnets — the more people interact with those elements, the more people Instagram will share your story with. Stories in Action RMW.Home uses a series of stories to gauge her audience's taste in home decor. Not only does this help her understand her audience better, but the polls are also helping expand the reach of her story and her profile to potential followers. 7. Conduct market research. Each of the alternatives we mentioned above is native to the Instagram app. However, a solid Instagram strategy begins with comprehensive market research, and there's no shortcut to hearing directly from your audience about what content they want to see. Market Research in Action Stephanie Morgan, Founder and CEO at Social Lock stands by market research as an alternative to buying followers and says, "The alternative to buying followers is doing market research on what your ideal customer will resonate with, then posting that content in order to naturally accumulate [a] large following." Check out her methods for conducting market research on Instagram in the image below. There’s a Better Way to Grow on Instagram Instagram has been one of the fastest-growing social media platforms for several years and it’s showing no signs of slowing down any time soon. The pressure to keep up and with the growth can make buying followers tempting, but don’t succumb to that pressure. Between repercussions from the platform itself, lower engagement metrics, and the risk of spamming well-meaning users with bot comments, buying Instagram followers is simply not worth the trouble. The alternatives in this article can help you navigate a path toward organic follower growth that will be worth more than 10,000 fake followers could ever be. Editor's note: This post was originally published in March 2020 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG |  How to Send Bulk WhatsApp Messages Without Saving Contacts
LIKE.TG | How to Send Bulk WhatsApp Messages Without Saving Contacts
In today's fast-paced digital world, businesses and individuals alike use WhatsApp for communication. It’s a fast, reliable, and convenient way to stay in touch with clients, friends, or colleagues. But when it comes to sending messages to a large group of people, saving individual contacts beforehand can be a time-consuming and cumbersome task.Imagine trying to send a promotional offer or event update to hundreds of people, and having to save each phone number to your contact list. It’s not just inefficient; it also clutters your contact list with numbers that you may never use again.But what if there was a way to bypass this? Enter LIKE.TG WhatsApp, a powerful tool that allows you to send bulk WhatsApp messages without having to save numbers. Whether you're a small business owner, a marketer, or simply coordinating with a large group, this method will save you time, simplify the process, and keep your phonebook clutter-free.In this guide, we'll walk you through the benefits of sending bulk WhatsApp messages without saving contacts and introduce LIKE.TG WhatsApp as the ideal solution to make the process seamless, efficient, and stress-free.Why Should You Send Bulk WhatsApp Messages Without Saving Numbers?Sending bulk messages on WhatsApp is a powerful communication tool for any business or individual, but saving contacts manually can be tedious. Here's why sending bulk WhatsApp messages without saving numbers is the best choice:Time EfficiencyManually adding contacts to your phonebook is time-consuming, especially if you’re sending messages to a large group. By skipping this step, you can send messages quickly and efficiently without the need for constant updating of your contact list.Clean and Organized ContactsBy avoiding the need to save temporary or one-time contacts, your phonebook stays organized. There's no unnecessary clutter from people you may not contact again in the future.Seamless Integration with ToolsWith LIKE.TG WhatsApp, you can effortlessly upload contacts from Google Sheets, Excel, or CSV files, allowing for automatic and smooth message dispatch.Targeted and Professional CommunicationWhether you're sending promotions to potential customers, event reminders to attendees, or general updates to clients, sending messages without saving contacts helps maintain a professional, personalized approach.Ideal for Marketing Campaigns and Customer OutreachSending mass messages, like special offers or appointment reminders, can be made more efficient. By using LIKE.TG WhatsApp, you can deliver your message to a large audience while keeping it personal and engaging.The Power of LIKE.TG WhatsApp for Bulk MessagingLIKE.TG WhatsApp is designed to make bulk messaging easy, fast, and reliable. It integrates directly with WhatsApp Web, providing businesses, marketers, and even individuals with a tool that streamlines communication without cluttering your contact list.Key Features of LIKE.TG WhatsApp:Effortless WhatsApp Web Integration: Easily connect LIKE.TG WhatsApp to your WhatsApp Web account and start sending messages in bulk.Simple Data Imports: Import your contact list in various formats such as Google Sheets, Excel, or CSV for better organization.Personalized Messages: Use placeholders to personalize each message with unique information such as the recipient’s name, product details, or event date.Media Attachments: Enhance your message by attaching images, videos, and other multimedia to make your communication more engaging.Random Time Gaps: Send messages with random time gaps between them to avoid being flagged by WhatsApp’s anti-spam algorithms.By using LIKE.TG WhatsApp, businesses and marketers can scale their WhatsApp outreach effectively and efficiently, sending targeted and personalized messages at the right time.How to Send Bulk WhatsApp Messages Using LIKE.TG WhatsAppSending bulk WhatsApp messages without saving contacts becomes an effortless task with LIKE.TG WhatsApp. Follow these easy steps to get started:Install LIKE.TG WhatsAppBegin by downloading and installing LIKE.TG WhatsApp on your computer. It integrates smoothly with WhatsApp Web for an intuitive experience.Link Your WhatsApp AccountOpen WhatsApp Web and scan the QR code using your WhatsApp mobile app to link your account.Prepare Your DataCreate a Google Sheet, Excel file, or CSV document with your contact list. Ensure the numbers are formatted with the correct country code, without spaces or special characters.Customize Your MessageWrite a message that includes placeholders like "{name}" to personalize each message for every recipient. Add images or documents to enhance the message and make it more engaging.Send Messages in BulkOnce everything is set up, use LIKE.TG WhatsApp to send messages in bulk. You can customize the frequency of the messages by setting random time intervals between them to avoid triggering WhatsApp’s spam filters.Tips for Effective Bulk WhatsApp MessagingTo get the most out of your bulk WhatsApp messages, consider these helpful tips:Avoid Spam FlagsUse Random Time Gaps: Sending too many messages in a short time can trigger WhatsApp’s spam detection. Random time gaps between messages make your activity appear more natural and safe.Limit the Number of Recipients: Avoid sending messages to an excessively large number of contacts in one go to prevent being flagged.Correctly Format Your NumbersEnsure all phone numbers are formatted correctly with the proper country codes. A simple formatting mistake can result in messages failing to send.Personalize Your MessagesPersonalizing each message increases engagement. Using variables like recipient names or order details makes your communication feel more genuine and less like spam.Use Multimedia WiselyAdding attachments like product images, event flyers, or documents can make your message more impactful, but make sure the media size is optimized to avoid delays in delivery.Respect Privacy and ComplianceAlways ensure that your messages are relevant to the recipients and offer an option to opt out of further messages. This builds trust and ensures compliance with privacy regulations.ConclusionWith LIKE.TG WhatsApp, sending bulk messages without saving contacts has never been easier or more efficient. Whether you're promoting a product, sharing an update, or sending reminders, LIKE.TG WhatsApp helps you streamline your communication while keeping your contact list clean and organized. By following the steps outlined above and using the provided tips, you can elevate your bulk WhatsApp messaging campaigns, making them more effective, personalized, and professional.
LIKE.TG出海 | 如何在不保存联系人号码的情况下发送批量WhatsApp消息
LIKE.TG出海 | 如何在不保存联系人号码的情况下发送批量WhatsApp消息
在今天这个数字化时代,WhatsApp已经成为了个人和企业日常交流的重要工具。无论是与客户、朋友还是同事联系,WhatsApp都提供了一个快速、可靠且便捷的沟通方式。然而,当需要向大量人员发送信息时,传统的保存每个联系人的方式可能会让人觉得繁琐且耗时。试想一下,如果你需要发送一次促销活动或事件更新,必须先保存每个联系人的电话号码。这个过程不仅效率低下,而且还会让你的联系人列表充满那些可能永远不会再次使用的号码。那么,是否有更智能的方法来解决这个问题呢?使用LIKE.TG WhatsApp工具,你可以轻松地发送批量WhatsApp消息,而无需保存联系人号码。无论你是小企业主、营销人员,还是需要与大群体协调的个人,这种方法不仅节省时间,还能简化流程,保持通讯录的整洁。我们将探讨如何在不保存号码的情况下发送批量WhatsApp消息,介绍LIKE.TG WhatsApp这一高效工具,并帮助你掌握简化WhatsApp通讯的技巧。为什么要在不保存号码的情况下发送批量WhatsApp消息?对于许多企业和个人来说,发送批量WhatsApp消息是一种高效的沟通方式。然而,手动保存联系人号码的过程既繁琐又浪费时间。以下是选择不保存号码的原因:节省时间手动保存联系人不仅耗时,而且效率低下。通过跳过这个步骤,你可以更专注于撰写有价值的消息,而不是花时间处理联系人列表。保持联系人列表整洁避免保存临时或一次性的联系人号码,可以让你的通讯录保持简洁,没有无用的号码。与工具的无缝集成使用LIKE.TG WhatsApp,你可以直接从Google Sheets、Excel或CSV文件导入联系人列表,使消息发送过程更加自动化和高效。针对性强的沟通无论是向潜在客户发送促销信息、向活动参与者发送提醒,还是向客户提供更新,使用LIKE.TG WhatsApp发送消息,可以确保信息针对性强,同时保持专业且个性化。适合营销活动和客户拓展使用LIKE.TG WhatsApp,你可以高效地发送促销信息、活动提醒等,同时避免为每个联系人的添加而浪费时间。LIKE.TG WhatsApp工具的优势LIKE.TG WhatsApp旨在使批量消息发送变得简单、高效且可靠。它直接与WhatsApp Web集成,帮助企业、营销人员甚至个人轻松发送消息,而无需担心保存联系人号码的问题。LIKE.TG WhatsApp的主要特点:WhatsApp Web无缝集成:轻松将LIKE.TG WhatsApp与WhatsApp Web账户连接,开始批量发送消息。简单的数据导入:可以从Google Sheets、Excel或CSV文件导入联系人列表,更好地管理和组织联系人。个性化消息:利用占位符,在每条消息中加入收件人的姓名、订单号或活动日期等信息,使消息更加个性化。媒体附件:添加图片、视频或文件,使消息更具吸引力和互动性。随机时间间隔:设置随机时间间隔发送消息,以避免触发WhatsApp的反垃圾邮件算法。使用LIKE.TG WhatsApp,企业和营销人员可以高效地扩大WhatsApp消息的覆盖面,确保每条消息都专业且有吸引力。如何使用LIKE.TG WhatsApp发送批量消息通过LIKE.TG WhatsApp发送批量WhatsApp消息已经变得非常简单。只需按照以下步骤进行操作:安装LIKE.TG WhatsApp首先,下载并安装LIKE.TG WhatsApp插件。它与WhatsApp Web的集成非常顺畅,可以为你提供一个直观的使用体验。连接WhatsApp账户打开WhatsApp Web,扫描二维码并使用手机连接账户。准备数据创建Google Sheet、Excel或CSV文件并整理你的联系人列表。确保号码格式正确,包含国家代码,不含空格或特殊字符。定制消息内容撰写包含占位符的消息,例如"{name}",使每条消息都能根据收件人的信息进行个性化。你还可以添加图片或文件附件,以增强消息内容的互动性。批量发送消息设置完成后,使用LIKE.TG WhatsApp批量发送消息。你可以通过设置随机时间间隔,确保消息发送自然且不容易被系统检测为垃圾信息。提升批量WhatsApp消息的效果的小技巧发送批量消息时,以下小技巧能帮助你提高信息的传达效果:避免被标记为垃圾信息使用随机时间间隔:发送太多消息时可能触发WhatsApp的反垃圾信息算法。通过设置随机间隔,信息发送看起来更自然,减少被标记的风险。限制每次发送的数量:避免短时间内向过多联系人发送消息,以防被系统标记为异常行为。正确格式化联系人号码确保所有电话号码格式正确,包含国家代码,避免使用空格或特殊字符。个性化消息通过个性化信息,如姓名或订单号,使消息更加有吸引力。个性化的消息比普通的批量信息更能吸引读者的注意。明智地使用媒体附件附件能增强消息的吸引力,但要确保附件文件大小适合发送,避免文件过大导致发送失败。尊重隐私并遵守规定确保你的消息是相关且有价值的,同时提供取消订阅的选项,以增强信任并符合隐私法规。通过使用LIKE.TG WhatsApp,你可以在不保存联系人号码的情况下轻松发送批量WhatsApp消息。无论是促销、提醒还是更新,通过LIKE.TG WhatsApp,你可以优化信息发送流程,保持通讯录整洁,轻松高效地与大群体进行沟通。遵循本文中的操作步骤和技巧,你将能够提升批量WhatsApp消息的效果,确保信息传递精准、个性化和专业。
LIKE.TG | How to Write an Effective WhatsApp Unban Request: Increase Your Chances of Getting Your Account Back 
LIKE.TG | How to Write an Effective WhatsApp Unban Request
Increase Your Chances of Getting Your Account Back 
WhatsApp has become one of the most widely used messaging apps worldwide, essential for staying connected with friends, family, and even for business. If you’ve ever had your WhatsApp account banned, you know how frustrating it can be, especially when you rely on it daily. But don’t panic—there’s a solution. A well-crafted unban request can make a big difference in getting your account back. In this guide, we’ll walk you through how to write an effective WhatsApp unban request, helping you increase your chances of success.Why Was Your WhatsApp Account Banned?Before diving into how to craft the perfect unban request, it’s important to understand why WhatsApp might have banned your account. WhatsApp has strict guidelines to maintain a safe and reliable environment for all users. If you violate any of these rules, your account could be suspended. Here are the most common reasons why people get banned on WhatsApp:Violating WhatsApp’s Terms of ServiceWhatsApp has clear rules for what is and isn’t allowed on the platform. Sharing illegal content, engaging in hate speech, or any kind of harmful behavior can result in an account ban. Even if these actions were accidental, WhatsApp takes them very seriously and may suspend your account.Using Unofficial AppsSome users might turn to unofficial versions of WhatsApp like GB WhatsApp or WhatsApp Plus, hoping for extra features. While these apps may offer more customization, they are against WhatsApp’s policy. Using them can lead to a ban.Sending Mass Messages or SpamWhatsApp actively monitors for spammy behavior. If you send too many messages to people who don’t know you, or if you send unsolicited bulk messages, your account may be flagged as spam, leading to a ban.Being Reported by OthersIf several users report your account for suspicious activity or harassment, WhatsApp will investigate. If they find that you violated their terms, they may suspend your account.Types of BansWhatsApp typically issues two types of bans: temporary and permanent.Temporary BanTemporary bans serve as a warning and typically last a few hours or days. They are usually triggered by using third-party apps or spamming behavior. Once the ban period expires, you can resume using WhatsApp.Permanent BanPermanent bans are issued for serious or repeated violations. If your account is permanently banned, you will lose access to it forever. However, if you believe the ban was a mistake, you can submit an appeal for review, though getting your account reinstated is difficult.How to Write an Effective WhatsApp Unban RequestIf your WhatsApp account has been banned, don’t panic. A well-crafted, polite unban request can help you get your account back. Here’s what to include in your request to increase your chances of success:Clearly Explain What HappenedStart by explaining why your account was banned. Be honest and straightforward. If you used a third-party app or sent too many messages, admit it. If you’re unsure why you were banned, briefly mention that and express your willingness to cooperate.Apologize and Take ResponsibilityIf you made a mistake, such as using an unofficial app, apologize for it. Let WhatsApp know that you’ve removed the app from your phone and will only use the official version of WhatsApp going forward. Taking responsibility shows that you’re committed to following the rules.Promise to Follow the RulesEnd your message by assuring WhatsApp that you will follow all of their guidelines in the future. Mention that you understand the importance of using the official app and avoiding spam. If you use WhatsApp for business purposes, you may want to consider switching to a WhatsApp Business account.Tips for Writing an Effective WhatsApp Unban RequestWhen writing your unban request, keep these tips in mind:Be polite: A respectful tone can go a long way in showing that you value WhatsApp’s community guidelines.Be concise: Keep your message to the point. Avoid irrelevant details.Be honest: Always tell the truth about what happened. Lying can make the situation worse.WhatsApp Unban Request TemplatesTo make it easier, we’ve created some unban request templates you can use depending on your situation. Simply choose the one that applies to you and modify it as necessary.Template 1: General Unban RequestDear WhatsApp Support Team,I hope this message finds you well. I recently discovered that my WhatsApp account has been banned. I am unsure of the exact reason, but I have always strived to follow WhatsApp’s guidelines. If I inadvertently violated any rules, I sincerely apologize.Please review my account. I promise to adhere to all WhatsApp guidelines moving forward. Thank you for your time and consideration.Best regards,[Your Phone Number]Template 2: Unban Request for Unauthorized AppsDear WhatsApp Support Team,I am writing regarding the ban on my WhatsApp account. I realize that using unauthorized apps, such as GB WhatsApp, is against WhatsApp’s terms of service. I deeply regret using these apps and have already removed them from my phone.I will only use the official WhatsApp app from now on. Please consider unbanning my account. WhatsApp is vital for staying in touch with my family and colleagues, and I would greatly appreciate your help.Sincerely,[Your Phone Number]Template 3: Unban Request for Spamming or Bulk MessagingDear WhatsApp Support Team,I recently discovered that my WhatsApp account was banned, and I believe this may be due to sending a large number of messages. I understand that this might have triggered WhatsApp’s spam filters.I apologize for any inconvenience caused. My intention was never to violate WhatsApp’s rules, and I will be more careful with my messaging in the future. Please review my account and consider unbanning it.Thank you for your understanding.Best regards,[Your Phone Number]Submitting Your Unban RequestOnce you’ve written your unban request, you can submit it directly through WhatsApp’s in-app support feature or via email. Make sure to include your phone number so they can easily locate your account. After submitting, be patient—response times can vary.How to Avoid Future WhatsApp BansTo prevent future bans, follow these tips:Stick to WhatsApp’s rules: Familiarize yourself with WhatsApp’s terms of service and avoid sharing illegal or harmful content.Don’t use third-party apps: Always use the official WhatsApp app to avoid security risks and bans.Don’t spam: Be mindful of sending too many messages to people you don’t know.By following these best practices, you can keep your account safe and avoid unnecessary bans.ConclusionWhile getting banned from WhatsApp can be frustrating, submitting a clear, respectful unban request can significantly increase your chances of getting your account reinstated. Be honest, polite, and follow the rules to ensure a smooth process. Hopefully, with the templates and tips provided in this guide, you’ll be able to restore your account and continue using WhatsApp without any issues.
虚拟流量
WhatsApp流量管理:出海营销新策略
WhatsApp流量管理
出海营销新策略
在全球化的今天,企业出海营销面临着诸多挑战,如何有效管理流量成为关键。本文将深入探讨WhatsApp流量管理在出海营销中的核心价值与实际应用,帮助企业提升全球市场竞争力。WhatsApp流量管理的核心价值1. WhatsApp流量管理能够帮助企业精准定位目标市场,通过数据分析优化营销策略。2. 通过WhatsApp的即时通讯功能,企业可以快速响应客户需求,提升客户满意度。3. WhatsApp流量管理还能够降低营销成本,提高投资回报率。WhatsApp流量管理的核心结论1. WhatsApp流量管理是出海营销中不可或缺的一部分,能够显著提升企业的市场竞争力。2. 通过有效的WhatsApp流量管理,企业可以实现精准营销,提高转化率。3. WhatsApp流量管理还能够帮助企业建立强大的品牌形象,增强客户忠诚度。WhatsApp流量管理的使用好处1. WhatsApp流量管理能够帮助企业快速获取潜在客户信息,提高营销效率。2. 通过WhatsApp流量管理,企业可以实现个性化营销,提升客户体验。3. WhatsApp流量管理还能够帮助企业实时监控营销效果,及时调整策略。WhatsApp流量管理的实际应用场景1. 在跨境电商中,WhatsApp流量管理可以帮助企业快速响应客户咨询,提高订单转化率。2. 在海外市场推广中,WhatsApp流量管理可以帮助企业精准投放广告,提高广告效果。3. 在客户服务中,WhatsApp流量管理可以帮助企业快速解决客户问题,提升客户满意度。总结:WhatsApp流量管理在出海营销中具有重要的战略意义,能够帮助企业精准定位目标市场,提升营销效率,降低营销成本,增强客户忠诚度。立即获取解决方案,开启您的全球营销新篇章。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: WhatsApp流量管理如何帮助企业提升营销效率?A1: 通过精准的数据分析和即时通讯功能,WhatsApp流量管理能够帮助企业快速获取潜在客户信息,提高营销效率。Q2: WhatsApp流量管理在跨境电商中的应用有哪些?A2: 在跨境电商中,WhatsApp流量管理可以帮助企业快速响应客户咨询,提高订单转化率。Q3: WhatsApp流量管理如何降低营销成本?A3: 通过精准投放广告和个性化营销,WhatsApp流量管理能够降低营销成本,提高投资回报率。Q4: WhatsApp流量管理如何增强客户忠诚度?A4: 通过快速响应客户需求和个性化服务,WhatsApp流量管理能够帮助企业建立强大的品牌形象,增强客户忠诚度。总结WhatsApp流量管理在出海营销中具有重要的战略意义,能够帮助企业精准定位目标市场,提升营销效率,降低营销成本,增强客户忠诚度。立即获取解决方案,开启您的全球营销新篇章。
出海营销策略:优化全球品牌影响力
出海营销策略
优化全球品牌影响力
在全球化的今天,企业如何通过有效的出海营销策略提升品牌影响力,优化海外访问体验,成为业务增长的关键。本文将深入探讨出海营销的核心价值、结论、使用好处及实际应用场景,帮助企业在全球市场中脱颖而出。出海营销的核心价值1、出海营销不仅仅是市场扩展,更是品牌全球化的战略布局。通过精准的市场定位和文化适应,企业可以更好地融入目标市场,提升品牌认知度。2、优化海外访问体验是出海营销的重要组成部分。通过技术手段如CDN加速、本地化服务器部署,企业可以显著提升海外用户的访问速度和稳定性。3、出海营销策略的成功实施,能够为企业带来显著的品牌溢价和市场份额增长。例如,某知名品牌通过本地化营销策略,在东南亚市场的销售额增长了30%。出海营销的核心结论1、出海营销的核心在于精准的市场定位和有效的文化适应。企业需要深入了解目标市场的文化、消费习惯和法律法规,制定符合当地需求的营销策略。2、技术优化是提升海外访问体验的关键。通过使用CDN、本地化服务器等技术手段,企业可以显著提升海外用户的访问速度和稳定性,从而提升用户满意度和转化率。3、出海营销的成功实施,需要企业具备跨文化沟通和全球资源整合的能力。企业需要建立专业的海外营销团队,与当地合作伙伴紧密合作,共同推动业务增长。出海营销的使用好处1、提升品牌全球影响力:通过出海营销策略,企业可以快速提升品牌在全球市场的知名度和影响力,吸引更多潜在客户。2、优化海外访问体验:通过技术优化,企业可以显著提升海外用户的访问速度和稳定性,提升用户满意度和转化率。3、实现业务增长:出海营销策略的成功实施,能够为企业带来显著的品牌溢价和市场份额增长,推动业务持续增长。出海营销的实际应用场景1、电商平台:通过出海营销策略,电商平台可以快速拓展海外市场,提升品牌知名度和销售额。例如,某电商平台通过本地化营销策略,在东南亚市场的销售额增长了30%。2、科技企业:科技企业通过出海营销策略,可以快速进入全球市场,提升品牌影响力和市场份额。例如,某科技企业通过技术优化,显著提升了海外用户的访问速度和稳定性。3、文化创意产业:文化创意产业通过出海营销策略,可以将本土文化推向全球,提升品牌影响力和市场份额。例如,某文化创意企业通过本地化营销策略,成功将本土文化推向全球市场。总结:出海营销策略是企业在全球市场中脱颖而出的关键。通过精准的市场定位、有效的文化适应和技术优化,企业可以显著提升品牌全球影响力,优化海外访问体验,实现业务增长。立即获取解决方案,开启您的全球营销之旅。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: 出海营销的核心是什么?A1: 出海营销的核心在于精准的市场定位和有效的文化适应,通过技术优化提升海外访问体验。Q2: 如何优化海外访问体验?A2: 通过使用CDN、本地化服务器等技术手段,企业可以显著提升海外用户的访问速度和稳定性。Q3: 出海营销的好处有哪些?A3: 出海营销可以提升品牌全球影响力,优化海外访问体验,实现业务增长。Q4: 出海营销的实际应用场景有哪些?A4: 电商平台、科技企业、文化创意产业等都可以通过出海营销策略快速拓展海外市场,提升品牌知名度和销售额。© 2023 出海营销策略. All rights reserved.
海外SEO优化工具助力出海营销
海外SEO优化工具助力出海营销
在全球化的今天,出海营销已成为企业拓展国际市场的重要策略。然而,面对复杂的海外市场环境,如何有效提升品牌曝光和流量转化成为一大挑战。本文将探讨如何通过海外SEO优化工具,帮助企业突破营销瓶颈,实现全球化布局。海外SEO优化工具的核心价值1、海外SEO优化工具通过精准的关键词分析和优化,帮助企业提升在海外搜索引擎中的排名,从而增加品牌曝光率。2、这些工具能够提供多语言支持,确保企业在不同国家和地区的营销内容符合当地语言习惯,增强用户粘性。3、通过数据分析和报告功能,企业可以实时监控营销效果,及时调整策略,提高投资回报率。海外SEO优化工具的核心结论1、使用海外SEO优化工具可以显著提升企业在海外市场的竞争力,特别是在竞争激烈的行业中。2、这些工具不仅帮助企业优化网站结构,还能通过内容营销和社交媒体整合,全方位提升品牌影响力。3、长期使用海外SEO优化工具,企业可以建立稳定的流量来源,降低营销成本,实现可持续发展。海外SEO优化工具的使用好处1、提高搜索引擎排名:通过优化关键词和网站结构,提升在Google、Bing等搜索引擎中的排名。2、增强用户体验:优化网站加载速度和移动端适配,提升用户访问体验,降低跳出率。3、数据驱动决策:通过详细的数据分析报告,帮助企业做出更明智的营销决策,提高营销效率。海外SEO优化工具的实际应用场景1、跨境电商:通过优化产品页面和关键词,提升在海外电商平台中的搜索排名,增加销量。2、品牌推广:通过内容营销和社交媒体整合,提升品牌在海外市场的知名度和美誉度。3、本地化营销:根据不同国家和地区的文化习惯,定制化营销内容,提高用户参与度和转化率。总结:海外SEO优化工具是企业在全球化竞争中不可或缺的利器。通过精准的关键词优化、多语言支持和数据分析,企业可以有效提升品牌曝光和流量转化,实现全球化布局。立即获取解决方案,开启您的出海营销新篇章。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: 海外SEO优化工具适用于哪些行业?A1: 海外SEO优化工具适用于所有需要拓展国际市场的行业,特别是跨境电商、旅游、教育和服务业。Q2: 如何选择适合的海外SEO优化工具?A2: 选择工具时,应考虑其关键词分析能力、多语言支持、数据报告功能和用户评价等因素。Q3: 使用海外SEO优化工具需要哪些技术支持?A3: 企业需要具备基本的网站建设和管理知识,以及对SEO优化原理的理解。Q4: 海外SEO优化工具的成本如何?A4: 成本因工具功能和服务范围而异,企业应根据自身需求和预算选择合适的工具。
广告投放
WhatsApp分发平台助力全球营销
WhatsApp分发平台助力全球营销
在全球化的今天,企业如何有效地进行出海营销成为了一个关键问题。WhatsApp分发平台作为一种强大的工具,不仅能够帮助企业快速触达全球用户,还能提升营销效率和用户参与度。本文将深入探讨WhatsApp分发平台的核心价值、核心结论、使用好处以及实际应用场景,为您揭示其在出海营销中的重要作用。WhatsApp分发平台的核心价值1、WhatsApp分发平台的核心价值在于其全球覆盖能力和即时通讯特性。通过WhatsApp,企业可以轻松地将信息传递给全球用户,无论他们身处何地。2、此外,WhatsApp的高用户粘性和活跃度也为企业提供了更多的营销机会。根据统计,WhatsApp的月活跃用户已超过20亿,这为企业提供了庞大的潜在客户群体。3、通过WhatsApp分发平台,企业可以实现精准营销,根据用户的地理位置、兴趣和行为进行个性化推送,从而提高营销效果。WhatsApp分发平台的核心结论1、WhatsApp分发平台的核心结论是其能够显著提升企业的出海营销效果。通过该平台,企业可以快速建立与全球用户的联系,缩短营销周期。2、此外,WhatsApp分发平台还能够降低企业的营销成本。相比于传统的广告投放方式,WhatsApp的推送成本更低,且效果更为显著。3、通过WhatsApp分发平台,企业可以实时监控营销效果,根据数据反馈进行调整,从而不断优化营销策略。WhatsApp分发平台的使用好处1、WhatsApp分发平台的使用好处主要体现在其高效性和便捷性。企业可以通过该平台快速发送营销信息,无需复杂的操作流程。2、此外,WhatsApp分发平台还支持多媒体内容的发送,如图片、视频和音频,这为企业提供了更多的创意空间,能够更好地吸引用户注意力。3、通过WhatsApp分发平台,企业可以实现与用户的即时互动,及时解答用户疑问,提升用户满意度和忠诚度。WhatsApp分发平台的实际应用场景1、WhatsApp分发平台在实际应用场景中表现尤为突出。例如,跨境电商企业可以通过该平台向全球用户推送促销信息,吸引用户下单。2、此外,旅游行业也可以利用WhatsApp分发平台向潜在客户发送旅游套餐和优惠信息,提高预订率。3、教育机构则可以通过WhatsApp分发平台向学生和家长发送课程信息和学习资料,提升教学效果和用户满意度。总结:WhatsApp分发平台作为一种强大的出海营销工具,不仅能够帮助企业快速触达全球用户,还能提升营销效率和用户参与度。通过本文的探讨,我们深入了解了WhatsApp分发平台的核心价值、核心结论、使用好处以及实际应用场景,相信这将为您的出海营销策略提供有力的支持。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: WhatsApp分发平台适合哪些行业?A1: WhatsApp分发平台适用于多个行业,包括跨境电商、旅游、教育、零售等,能够帮助企业实现全球市场拓展。Q2: 如何通过WhatsApp分发平台实现精准营销?A2: 通过分析用户的地理位置、兴趣和行为,企业可以进行个性化推送,从而实现精准营销。Q3: WhatsApp分发平台的推送成本如何?A3: 相比于传统的广告投放方式,WhatsApp的推送成本更低,且效果更为显著。Q4: 如何监控WhatsApp分发平台的营销效果?A4: 企业可以通过WhatsApp分发平台实时监控营销效果,根据数据反馈进行调整,从而不断优化营销策略。立即获取解决方案立即试用拓客大师系统
WhatsApp跨国推广:出海营销的新引擎
WhatsApp跨国推广
出海营销的新引擎
在全球化的今天,企业出海营销已成为必然趋势。然而,如何在众多竞争者中脱颖而出,成为每个企业面临的挑战。本文将深入探讨WhatsApp跨国推广的核心价值与实际应用,帮助企业实现高效的跨境推广。WhatsApp跨国推广的核心价值1. WhatsApp作为全球用户基数庞大的即时通讯工具,其跨国推广能够直接触达目标市场,提升品牌曝光度。2. 通过WhatsApp,企业可以实现与客户的即时沟通,提高客户满意度和忠诚度。3. WhatsApp的群组功能使得企业能够进行精准营销,针对不同群体制定个性化推广策略。WhatsApp跨国推广的核心结论1. WhatsApp跨国推广能够显著降低企业的营销成本,提高投资回报率。2. 通过WhatsApp,企业可以快速响应市场变化,灵活调整营销策略。3. WhatsApp的隐私保护机制使得企业能够安全地进行客户数据管理,降低数据泄露风险。WhatsApp跨国推广的使用好处1. 提升品牌知名度:通过WhatsApp,企业可以迅速扩大品牌影响力,吸引更多潜在客户。2. 提高客户参与度:WhatsApp的即时通讯功能使得企业能够与客户保持紧密联系,提高客户参与度。3. 优化营销效果:通过WhatsApp的群组和广播功能,企业可以实现精准营销,提高营销效果。WhatsApp跨国推广的实际应用场景1. 跨境电商:通过WhatsApp,跨境电商企业可以直接与海外客户沟通,提高订单转化率。2. 旅游行业:旅游企业可以通过WhatsApp向客户发送旅游信息,提高客户满意度。3. 教育行业:教育机构可以通过WhatsApp与学生和家长保持联系,提高教学效果。总结:WhatsApp跨国推广作为出海营销的新引擎,具有显著的核心价值和实际应用场景。通过WhatsApp,企业可以实现高效的跨境推广,提升品牌知名度和客户参与度。立即获取解决方案,开启您的WhatsApp跨国推广之旅。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: WhatsApp跨国推广适合哪些行业?A1: WhatsApp跨国推广适用于跨境电商、旅游、教育等多个行业。Q2: WhatsApp跨国推广的成本如何?A2: WhatsApp跨国推广的成本相对较低,且投资回报率高。Q3: WhatsApp跨国推广的隐私保护如何?A3: WhatsApp具有严格的隐私保护机制,确保客户数据安全。Q4: 如何开始WhatsApp跨国推广?A4: 立即试用拓客大师系统,获取详细的WhatsApp跨国推广解决方案。
WhatsApp外贸营销新策略
WhatsApp外贸营销新策略
在全球化的商业环境中,WhatsApp外贸营销已成为企业拓展国际市场的重要工具。本文将深入探讨如何利用WhatsApp进行有效的外贸营销,包括其核心价值、核心结论、使用好处及实际应用场景,帮助企业提升全球市场竞争力。WhatsApp外贸营销的核心价值1、WhatsApp作为全球用户基数庞大的即时通讯工具,其在外贸营销中的核心价值在于能够直接、快速地与潜在客户建立联系。2、通过WhatsApp,企业可以实现个性化的客户沟通,提升客户满意度和忠诚度。3、WhatsApp的群组功能使得企业能够高效地进行市场推广和客户管理,极大地提高了营销效率。WhatsApp外贸营销的核心结论1、WhatsApp外贸营销的核心结论是,通过精准的客户定位和有效的沟通策略,企业可以显著提升其在国际市场中的品牌影响力和销售业绩。2、企业应充分利用WhatsApp的多媒体功能,如视频、图片等,来增强营销内容的吸引力和说服力。3、持续的客户关系维护和反馈收集是WhatsApp外贸营销成功的关键。使用WhatsApp外贸营销的好处1、使用WhatsApp进行外贸营销的好处包括降低营销成本、提高营销效率、增强客户互动和提升品牌形象。2、WhatsApp的即时性使得企业能够迅速响应市场变化和客户需求,从而在竞争中占据有利位置。3、通过WhatsApp,企业可以轻松地进行跨时区沟通,打破地域限制,实现全球市场的无缝连接。WhatsApp外贸营销的实际应用场景1、在实际应用中,WhatsApp外贸营销可以用于产品推广、客户服务、市场调研和销售跟进等多个场景。2、企业可以通过WhatsApp进行产品展示和试用邀请,吸引潜在客户的兴趣和购买欲望。3、利用WhatsApp的群组功能,企业可以组织线上研讨会或产品发布会,增强与客户的互动和参与感。总结:WhatsApp外贸营销作为一种新兴的营销策略,其核心价值在于能够直接、快速地与全球客户建立联系,提升企业的国际竞争力。通过精准的客户定位、有效的沟通策略和持续的客户关系维护,企业可以充分利用WhatsApp的多媒体功能和即时性,实现营销成本的有效控制和营销效率的显著提升。立即获取解决方案,开启您的WhatsApp外贸营销之旅。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: WhatsApp外贸营销适合哪些类型的企业?A1: WhatsApp外贸营销适合所有希望拓展国际市场的企业,尤其是那些需要与客户进行频繁沟通和个性化服务的企业。Q2: 如何通过WhatsApp提高客户满意度?A2: 通过WhatsApp,企业可以提供即时响应、个性化服务和持续的客户关系维护,从而显著提高客户满意度。Q3: WhatsApp外贸营销的成本如何?A3: 相比传统的营销方式,WhatsApp外贸营销的成本较低,且能够实现更高的营销效率和客户互动。Q4: 如何利用WhatsApp进行市场调研?A4: 企业可以通过WhatsApp发送问卷调查、收集客户反馈和进行产品测试,从而获取有价值的市场信息和客户需求。总结WhatsApp外贸营销作为一种高效、低成本的营销策略,正逐渐成为企业拓展国际市场的重要工具。通过本文的深入探讨,我们希望企业能够充分认识到WhatsApp外贸营销的核心价值和使用好处,并能够将其应用于实际的市场推广中,提升企业的全球竞争力。立即试用拓客大师系统,开启您的WhatsApp外贸营销新篇章。
全球支付
如何根据交易规模和风险偏好选择适宜的外贸收款平台?
如何根据交易规模和风险偏好选择适宜的外贸收款平台?
在跨境电商高速发展的条件下,选择适宜的外贸收款平台至关重要。交易规模和风险偏好是衡量选择的重要因素。   了解不同外贸收款平台的特点是选择的前提。针对小规模买卖有些平台因其用户友好性与快速到达的特征,可能是比较理想的选择。针对中大企业而言,可能会考虑更为复杂收款系统,平台常常提供多种付款方式和定制服务。   交易规模是选择收款平台的重要因素。针对交易频率较低的小型业务,运用简单易操作的支付平台常常更为合适。该平台使用方便,成本低,可满足小企业的基本需求。但对高频、大型业务,公司应选择这种靠谱、高安全支付平台。这种平台一般给予更专业的会计工具,有益于企业进行资产合理流动。   风险偏好在选择之中起着重要的作用。不同的平台在安全性和风险控制层面有不同的表现。比如,一些平台可能给予相当好的风险监控工具,以帮助企业鉴别隐藏欺诈风险;而其他平台在交易保障方面可能存在不足。针对高风险行业或成交量较大的公司来说,尽量选择风险控制体系较好的收款平台是很重要的。这不仅可以减少资金损失风险,还可以加强客户认可感。   服务费和交易费是评估收款平台的关键因素。不同平台的交易额扣减费差距很大。针对小规模买卖,太高的服务费会严重影响盈利。企业在选择时,要具体分析每个平台的收费构造,考虑到长久的交易费用,便于作出更合适的决策。对大型企业而言,尽管平台花费也很高,但其增值服务与支持能够弥补这些成本,提升整体效率。   在选择适宜的外贸收款平台时,还应考虑该平台的全球化度与支撑的贷款类型。伴随全球贸易的发展,支持各种贷币收款平台也为企业提供了更大的便捷。选择适宜商品定位的货币支付系统,不仅可以减少汇率波动带来的损失,并且能提高交易效率。对经常开展海外买卖的公司来说,保证收款平台具有较好的全球化水准是很重要的。   用户体验也是影响选择的重要因素。较好的操作面板和支付体验能提高客户的体验,因而推动买卖的完成。在选择平台时,企业应注意平台的便利性和适用服务质量,保证为用户提供稳定的支付体验。尤其是在解决新客户时,稳定的付款过程将严重影响客户的购买决策。   企业在选择外贸收款平台时,建议进行市场调查和竞争者分析。把握同行业其他企业使用的收款平台,参照他们的经验,能够帮助企业选择最理想的解决方法。可以借助多个平台评定预期目标,选择最符合自身需求的收款工具。   依据交易规模和风险偏好选择适宜的外贸收款平台应该考虑上述因素,包含平台特性、服务费、安全性、全球能力及用户体验。根据对多种要素的深入分析,企业能做出更合理的选择,以保证跨境交易中资本流动的高效与安全。在竞争激烈的国外市场中,选择适宜的收款平台也为企业的国际业务发展打下坚实的基础。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
跨境收款支付平台的手续费收取标准和结算周期如何比较?
跨境收款支付平台的手续费收取标准和结算周期如何比较?
  跨境电商的蓬勃发展离不开高效的跨境支付体系。选择合适的跨境收款支付平台,不仅关系到跨境交易的顺利进行,还直接影响到电商企业的资金流转和盈利状况。   手续费收取标准   跨境支付平台常常会根据交易金额、支付方式、所在国家/地区等因素,制定不同的手续费收取标准。主要包含下面几类   1、固定费率:按交易金额的一定比例收取手续费,常常在1%-5%之间。这种模式下,手续费金额随交易金额的增加而成比例上升。   2、阶梯费率:根据交易金额设置不同的费率区间,区间内采用固定费率。伴随交易金额的增加,手续费比率会逐步下降。   3、最低/最高费用:设置交易金额的最低或最高收费标准,确保平台能获得基本收益。   4、附加费用:除基本手续费外,还可能收取结算、退款等附加费用。   不同跨境支付平台在手续费方面的差异较大,电商需要根据自身业务特点,比较多家平台的费率方案,选择适合自己的。   结算周期比较   除了手续费,结算周期也是影响跨境电商资金流转的一个重要因素。不同支付平台的结算周期大致分为下面几类   1、T+1~T+3结算:即交易完成后1-3个工作日内将资金结算至商户账户。这类平台结算速度较快,资金回笼及时。但手续费常常会略高一些。   2、T+7结算:交易完成后7个工作日内结算。这种模式下手续费相对较低,但资金回笼速度较慢,可能影响电商的现金流管理。   3、T+14结算:交易完成后14个工作日内完成结算。这种周期较长的结算模式,手续费较低,但对电商的流动资金需求提出了更高要求。   4、月结算:每月定期集中结算前月的交易款项。这种模式手续费最低,但结算周期最长,可能增加电商的资金管理难度。   不同结算周期模式下,手续费水平呈现出"周期越短,费率越高"的趋势。电商需要结合自身的资金管理需求,在手续费和结算周期之间权衡取舍,选择最合适的支付平台。   综合考量选择不错方案   综合来看,选择跨境收款支付平台时,电商需要兼顾手续费和结算周期两个关键因素。   要合理控制手续费成本,降低跨境交易的整体费用。可以比较多家平台的费率方案,选择最优惠的收费标准。也要关注是否存在其他附加费用。   需要平衡结算周期和资金流转的需求。快速结算有利于资金回笼,但手续费可能会略高;而长周期结算手续费更低,但可能影响现金流。电商需要结合自身的资金管理情况,选择最合适的结算模式。   电商还要关注支付平台的安全性、监管合规性、服务质量等因素,综合评估后做出选择。只有找到适合自身业务的跨境支付方案,电商才可以在激烈的市场竞争中占得先机。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
选择跨境收款第三方平台时,如何评估其合规性和信誉度?
选择跨境收款第三方平台时,如何评估其合规性和信誉度?
  跨境电商的蓬勃发展,选择合适的跨境收款第三方支付平台作为电商企业的重点关注事项。不仅要考虑手续费、结算周期等经济因素,更要关注平台的合规性和信誉度。这对保障电商交易安全、提升品牌形象至关重要。   评估平台的合规性   合规性是选择跨境收款平台时必须重点关注的因素。合规的跨境支付平台不仅能够确保交易的合法性,还能为电商企业及其客户提供有效的保障。   首先要查看平台是否取得了相关监管部门的经营许可。在中国,从事支付服务的机构需要取得人民银行颁发的《支付业务许可证》;在其他国家和地区,也有类似的监管要求。只有取得合法经营资质的平台,才具备合规运营的基础。   其次要了解平台在反洗钱、反恐融资等领域的合规管理措施。优质的跨境支付平台常常会采取严格的反洗钱KYC(了解客户)程序,对交易主体进行身份验证和风险评估。这有利于防范违法交易行为的发生。   再次要关注平台的安全技术防护措施。这包含数据加密、系统备份、应急预案等,确保客户信息和交易数据的安全性。当发生安全事故,平台的应急响应机制也很关键。   最后还要了解平台是否接受第三方审计认证。经过独立审计,可以更客观地评估平台的合规性和运营合法性,有利于提升电商的信任度。   评估平台的信誉度   除了合规性,跨境收款平台的信誉度也是评估的重点。良好的信誉有利于加强电商客户的支付体验,促进交易的顺利进行。   首先要查看平台的经营历史和行业地位。知名度较高、在行业内有一定影响力的平台,常常具有较强的信誉基础。尤其是那些已经服务多年,并受到主流电商认可的平台,更值得信任。   其次要关注平台的客户评价。在第三方评价网站或电商平台上,查阅客户对该支付平台的评价。如果存在大量负面反馈,如支付效率低、客户服务差等,都可能影响其信誉度。   再次要了解平台的资金实力和财务状况。资金实力雄厚、财务状况良好的平台,能为电商提供更稳定的支付服务。而那些资金实力较弱、财务异常的平台,则可能存在经营风险。   最后还要注意平台的品牌形象和声誉。知名度高、声誉良好的平台,常常更能赢得电商和客户的信任。平台的社会责任履行情况,也是判断其信誉度的一个重要指标。   综合评估做出选择   综合来看,在选择跨境收款第三方平台时,既要评估其合规性,也要关注信誉度。只有满足这两个方面的要求,电商企业才可以保障交易的合法性和安全性,因而提升品牌形象和客户信任。   具体评估时,可以从下面几个角度入手   查看平台是否取得相关监管部门的合法经营许可,了解其合规管理措施。   了解平台的安全技术防护、应急响应机制,评估其合规性。   查阅平台的经营历史、行业地位、客户评价等,判断其信誉度。   分析平台的资金实力和财务状况,评估其经营稳定性。   了解平台的社会责任履行情况,考量其品牌形象和声誉。   经过全面、深入的评估,电商企业才可以选择出既合规又信誉良好的跨境收款第三方平台,因而确保交易安全,提升品牌形象。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
云服务
LIKE.TG出海推荐|最好用的Whatsapp拓客云控系统,通过WhatsApp账号购买与拓客变现,实现营销新突破?
LIKE.TG出海推荐|最好用的Whatsapp拓客云控系统,通过WhatsApp账号购买与拓客变现,实现营销新突破?
WhatsApp账号购买的核心价值在当今数字化营销的时代,WhatsApp作为全球用户最多的即时通讯工具,已经成为了企业和品牌与客户沟通的主要渠道之一。WhatsApp账号购买的优势在于能够帮助企业快速搭建沟通平台,提升客户互动效率,实现精准营销。购买专业的WhatsApp账号,不仅能够减少运营时间,还能确保账号质量和稳定性。通过这些账号,企业能够以更加便捷的方式与客户建立联系,并进一步扩展市场影响力。对于希望快速进入WhatsApp营销的企业来说,账号购买无疑是一个高效、直接的解决方案。如果您也有兴趣了解如何通过WhatsApp账号购买提升业务效益,或者购买Whatsapp账号请访问以下链接:WhatsApp账号购买 | 工具推荐 | 最新资讯WhatsApp云控系统——企业拓客的理想选择WhatsApp作为全球领先的通讯平台,其庞大的用户群体和丰富的功能,使其成为企业拓展客户关系的理想选择。相比传统的营销方式,WhatsApp拓客变现具备以下独特优势:快速触达客户:通过即时消息的形式,企业能够迅速与客户建立联系,减少信息传递的时延。高度互动性:WhatsApp提供的实时聊天功能,能够增强客户的信任感,从而提高转化率。多样化的沟通形式:除了文字消息,WhatsApp还支持图片、音视频消息等多种形式,帮助企业更好地展示产品和服务。通过购买高质量的WhatsApp账号(WhatsApp账号购买)并合理利用这些功能,企业能够在短时间内实现客户积累和业务增长。如果您想了解更多关于WhatsApp拓客变现的技巧,请点击下方链接:WhatsApp拓客变现 | 更多信息如何顺利进行WhatsApp账号购买?要顺利进行WhatsApp账号购买,企业需要按照一定的流程和步骤,以确保购买到稳定、高质量的账号。一般来说,WhatsApp账号购买的流程如下:明确需求:根据营销目标选择合适类型的账号(如地区账号、企业账号等)。选择服务平台:选择一个信誉好且经验丰富的账号购买平台,确保账号来源合法。下单并支付:在平台上进行购买操作,并按流程完成支付。账号激活及管理:购买完成后,根据需求激活账号,并利用相关工具进行管理和运营。通过这一流程,企业能够在短时间内拥有多个高质量的WhatsApp账号,快速启动营销活动。若您想进一步了解购买流程或选择合适的账号服务,欢迎联系: WhatsApp账号购买 | 工具推荐 | 最新资讯WhatsApp拓客变现的有效策略要通过WhatsApp拓客变现获得成功,企业需要运用一些有效的营销策略。以下是一些常见的成功做法:1.批量群发信息通过智能消息群发工具,企业可以高效地将活动信息、产品更新等内容发送给潜在客户,增强客户的参与度。通过精确的群发目标,确保营销信息能够准确触及到更多的客户群体。2.构建互动型客户群通过创建高质量的客户互动群,企业可以集中讨论产品、解答疑问、收集反馈等。通过这种方式,能够显著提升客户粘性,同时为后续的转化率提供保障。3.利用自动化客户服务借助智能客服系统,企业能够为客户提供实时、专业的咨询服务,提升用户体验并加速转化进程。通过自动化回复和智能对话,企业能够有效提高客服效率。以上策略结合优质的WhatsApp账号购买,能够帮助企业快速实现WhatsApp拓客变现,提升客户满意度和转化率。如果您需要更多操作技巧和策略支持,可以通过以下链接获取更多信息:WhatsApp拓客变现 | 账号购买指南 | 相关资讯LIKE.TG作为行业领先的智能营销工具,致力于为企业提供一站式的WhatsApp营销解决方案。通过LIKE.TG,企业能够快速进行WhatsApp账号购买,并通过强大的功能实现WhatsApp拓客变现。LIKE.TG WhatsApp智能云控系统主要功能1. 批量超链群发支持文本、图片、语音及超链接的批量群发,搭配智能回复筛选客户功能。系统支持自定义群发任务,同时生成任务完成的详细数据报告,帮助企业精准触达目标客户。2. 批量协议拉群通过WhatsApp的官方协议支持批量拉群功能,可设置多个群链接及自定义群人数,系统自动过滤已添加用户,确保操作的高效性和群组的优质活跃度。3. 社媒聚合营销整合多个社交媒体账号至一个席位,实时查看多平台的互动情况。支持在线翻译、保护隐私聊天信息,便捷管理WhatsApp及其他平台的客户对话,提升跨渠道沟通效率。4. 批量上号养号支持WhatsApp账号批量上号及智能养号功能,提升账号活跃度和质量。通过数据优化,增加账号的展示机会和吸引力,提高客户转化率。5. 坐席数据可视化提供支持粉丝增长监控、流量来源追踪、自动化标签及风险监控管理的功能。自动生成可视化数据报告,为企业提供更深度的营销数据分析,助力精准化客户运营。6. 好友添加计数+添加分流批量添加目标好友,支持自动分流功能,让好友添加流程更有序。帮助企业更快扩大客户群体,为未来的营销活动提供坚实基础。7. 账号资料继承和员工子账号支持账号资料的继承操作,保护客户资产安全;可根据不同任务开通员工账号,提升团队操作效率,简化账号的管理流程,确保企业资源共享与权限控制的灵活性。LIKE.TG WhatsApp智能云控系统优势高效精准用户采集 :系统支持通过全球定位精准采集WhatsApp活跃用户,从群组或好友中筛选高质量目标客户,为企业提供精准获客支持。多设备群控管理 :通过网页端实现多账号群控操作,无需额外设备。多用户协作,帮助团队轻松管理WhatsApp业务。智能化自动回复 :利用AI技术,根据用户信息和互动状态,发送定制化的预设消息,显著提升客户沟通效率和转化率。批量操作效率提升:从好友添加、群发消息到养号等操作,系统一键完成,节省企业运营成本,优化流程效率。在竞争激烈的市场中,企业需要创新营销策略,不断探索高效的客户拓展方式。通过WhatsApp账号购买与精准的营销策略,企业能够快速实现WhatsApp拓客变现,提升品牌的市场竞争力。如果您正在寻找专业的WhatsApp营销工具和账号服务,LIKE.TG无疑是您最值得信赖的合作伙伴。WhatsApp智能营销之旅:WhatsApp账号购买 营销工具推荐 行业动态免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
SRG:2024上半年全球云服务和基础设施收入同比增长23%
SRG
2024上半年全球云服务和基础设施收入同比增长23%
Synergy Research Group的最新数据显示,在云服务和基础设施市场,2024年上半年运营商和供应商的收入达到4270亿美元,比2023年上半年增长了23%。在这种情况下,最近有一个趋势发生了逆转。很长一段时间以来,云服务的增长速度远远超过云数据中心基础设施支出的增长速度,但在对生成式人工智能技术的大量投资的推动下,这种情况暂时发生了转变。 今年上半年,IaaS、PaaS和SaaS的平均增长率为21%,而公共云和私有云数据中心的支出平均增长率为30%。云服务市场的规模仍然是支持数据中心支出的两倍。随着超大规模运营商继续推动更广泛的IT市场,他们的基础设施足迹也在增长。与2023年上半年相比,已经庞大的数据中心网络的运营能力增长了24%。更令人印象深刻的是,随着继续加大投资,未来数据中心的规模增长了47%。 SaaS和云基础设施服务,整个市场的领导者是微软、亚马逊、谷歌和Salesforce。在数据中心硬件和软件方面,ODM继续占据着很大的市场份额,因为超大规模运营商使用自己设计的服务器,由合同制造商提供。除了ODM之外,市场的领导者还有戴尔、微软、超微和惠普。在这方面,英伟达的影响力正在迅速增长,它向服务器供应商、其他技术公司、企业以及直接向超大规模运营商销售产品。 从地理上看,虽然云市场在世界各地都在强劲增长,但美国仍然是一个重心。2024年上半年,美国占所有云服务收入的44%,超大规模数据中心容量的53%,云数据中心硬件和软件市场的47%。在所有服务和基础设施市场中,绝大多数领先企业都是美国公司。其次是中国公司,占所有云服务收入的8%,超大规模数据中心容量的16%。
亚马逊云科技高可靠性秘密武器:基础设施到技术架构的韧性之道
亚马逊云科技高可靠性秘密武器
基础设施到技术架构的韧性之道
作为全球领先的云计算服务提供商,亚马逊云科技通过其高度可靠的基础设施和技术架构,为客户提供强大而灵活的计算、存储和数据库服务、AI等服务。屹立行业之巅,亚马逊云科技为何能引领云计算行业十几年,其秘密武器是打造的从基础设施到技术架构再到运营机制全链路韧性技术。 在近期亚马逊云科技媒体沟通会上,亚马逊云科技大中华区解决方案架构总经理代闻详细阐述了韧性技术背后的逻辑和思考。 如何打造高可靠的云服务 亚马逊云科技在2006年开创性地发布了第一款云服务,时至今日,亚马逊云科技提供了超过 240 种功能全面的服务。 代闻首先披露了一组数据,“亚马逊云科技去年每天稳定启动的Amazon EC2实例超过1亿,每秒 API请求数高达100万亿。正是因为做对了很多事情,才有今天全球数百万客户的选择和信任。”这在云计算行业可谓是首屈一指。 在代闻看来这些事故背后的风险包括: 基础设施层——括数据中心、主机、机架、网络故障,或自然灾害导致的损坏 架构设计层——数据状态、应用程序状态异常、依赖项失效等 运营机制层——由运维操作、代码部署、配置错误等引起的故障 想要构建高度可靠的云服务,必须要解决以上三个重点问题, 秘密武器:基础设施韧性、韧性技术架构和卓越的运营机制 在基础设施韧性方面,亚马逊云科技的基础设施分为区域、可用区(通常相距100公里)、多个或单个超大数据中心等多个层级。每个可用区的数据中心都有独立的电力、制冷和物理安全设施。 当一个可用区发生电力中断,自然灾害时,区域内其他可用区不会受到任何影响, 安全距离既能防止相关故障,又能实现毫秒级延迟的同步复制。 在可用区内部,可用区之间,区域和区域之间,均铺设光纤线路两两互联,实现高速数据传输的同时任一连接是冗余的,实现了高可用、低延迟的可用区网络设计。 在韧性技术架构方面,亚马逊云科技总结云服务自身韧性的四大要素:区域隔离,多可用区;控制面和数据面独立;单元架构;随机分片。 区域隔离,多可用区的目的是实现控制故障发生时对客户的影响范围。控制面和数据面独立能够确保云服务的数据平面能够独立于控制平面的状态持续稳定运行,且能够独立扩展互不影响。单元架构设计确保当发生故障时,只有该单元受影响,而不会导致整个系统瘫痪,无论硬件、网络、电力系统还是代码,都将影响最小化,进一步提高整个应用和系统的可用性。 为确保云服务的韧性,卓越的运营和机制至关重要,也是亚马逊云科技的差异化优势之一,亚马逊云科技的运营机制总结为4个模块:服务责任模型、运营就绪审查、持续安全部署、纠错流程。服务责任模型确保各项服务的良好运营,能够随叫随到。运营就绪审查提供了服务发布和更新相关的标准化流程。持续安全部署能够在保持服务连续性的实现安全的自动化部署。纠错流程能够了解错误发生的根本原因,同时成功的纠错记录还将成为运营就绪审查标准流程的一部分,确保问题不会再次发生。 授人以渔:帮助客户构建端到端的韧性 在与客户和内部团队展开多年合作的基础上,亚马逊云科技为韧性构建工程总结归纳为4大经验: 系统韧性的提高是持续的过程,而不是一次性的努力; 在业务需求、可靠性、成本、系统复杂度之间取得均衡; 以标准软件开发生命周期为蓝本,可轻松整合到企业现有流程中; 从业务、技术与持续运营等多个维度来帮助企业提高系统韧性。 基于经验分解,亚马逊云科技开发了韧性系统建设生命周期框架, 该框架包含五个关键阶段, 包括设定目标、设计及实施、验证和测试、持续运营、实施各种运营最佳实践、响应和改进。并强调韧性是一个持续的生命周期,需要不断重复五个阶段,以应对不断变化的环境和需求。 亚马逊云科技希望客户能够采用同样的单元架构方法论,来最小化自身应用的爆炸半径,提高可用性。亚马逊云科技90%以上的服务来源于用户需求。在韧性系统建设生命周期框架的五个阶段,亚马逊云科技都提供了多种服务和工具:如Amazon Resilience Analysis Framework、Amazon Aurora、Amazon DynamoDB、Amazon Aurora Global Database、Amazon Fault Injection Simulator(FIS)、Amazon Resilience Hub、Amazon Application Recovery Controller等。 系统的可观测性和故障自动化处理 针对LIKE.TG提出的“如何持续提高系统的可观测性和自动化”这一问题,代闻表示,一个关键点是API。一个云服务平台没有 API 或者 API 不健全,自动化是没有办法做到。 亚马逊云科技在全球云计算行业做了非常好的示范带头作用, API 是怎么写,API 的细颗粒度以及安全等前置考虑都实现得非常好。要做自动化和可观测性,你一定需要把应用和这个基础架构里面的数据能够拿出来,能够看,能够做分析。 另外一个关键点是亚马逊云科技对云原生服务支持已经足够好,并提供了一系列的云原生服务,像 Amazon Aurora global Database 能够自动跨区域数据复制;Amazon Lambda无服务器运算,客户只需要关心它的代码运营环境,底层高可用弹性都是自动实现。GenAI领域,用户在Amazon Bedrock中做推理的时候,不用做很多的基础运维工作,亚马逊云科技比较好地平滑地给客户提供一个可扩展环境。一些新的云原生的服务在不断地推出,这将会大大简化自动化流程,并降低可观测性的难度和复杂度。 细微处见真章,云计算行业需要务实、为客户负责、对安全可靠的前置通盘预判,从基础设施到技术架构到运营机制,亚马逊云科技对韧性技术的打造,是赢得客户青睐和信任的秘密武器。
全球代理
IP检测在出海营销中的关键作用
IP检测在出海营销中的关键作用
在全球化的今天,出海营销已成为企业拓展国际市场的重要策略。然而,如何精准定位目标市场,优化营销策略,成为了企业面临的一大挑战。本文将探讨如何通过IP检测技术,帮助企业更好地理解全球市场,优化营销策略,提升竞争力。IP检测的核心价值1、IP检测技术能够帮助企业精准识别用户的地理位置,从而为不同地区的用户提供定制化的营销内容。2、通过IP检测,企业可以实时监控全球市场的动态,及时调整营销策略,以应对市场变化。3、IP检测还有助于企业识别潜在的欺诈行为,保护企业的营销资源不被滥用。IP检测的核心结论1、IP检测是出海营销中不可或缺的工具,它能够帮助企业更好地理解全球市场,优化营销策略。2、通过IP检测,企业可以实现精准营销,提高营销效率,降低营销成本。3、IP检测还有助于企业识别潜在的欺诈行为,保护企业的营销资源不被滥用。IP检测的使用好处1、提高营销效率:通过IP检测,企业可以精准定位目标市场,提高营销效率。2、降低营销成本:IP检测帮助企业避免无效的营销投入,降低营销成本。3、增强市场竞争力:通过IP检测,企业可以实时监控全球市场的动态,及时调整营销策略,增强市场竞争力。IP检测的实际应用场景1、跨境电商:通过IP检测,跨境电商企业可以精准定位目标市场,提供定制化的商品和服务。2、在线广告:IP检测帮助在线广告平台精准投放广告,提高广告效果。3、网络安全:IP检测有助于企业识别潜在的网络安全威胁,保护企业的网络安全。总结:IP检测在出海营销中扮演着至关重要的角色。它不仅帮助企业精准定位目标市场,优化营销策略,还提高了营销效率,降低了营销成本,增强了市场竞争力。立即获取解决方案,让您的企业在全球市场中脱颖而出。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)1、IP检测如何帮助企业优化出海营销策略?IP检测能够帮助企业精准识别用户的地理位置,从而为不同地区的用户提供定制化的营销内容,优化营销策略。2、IP检测在跨境电商中的应用有哪些?在跨境电商中,IP检测可以帮助企业精准定位目标市场,提供定制化的商品和服务,提高销售转化率。3、IP检测如何提高在线广告的效果?IP检测帮助在线广告平台精准投放广告,根据用户的地理位置和兴趣,提供更相关的广告内容,提高广告效果。4、IP检测在网络安全中的作用是什么?IP检测有助于企业识别潜在的网络安全威胁,如恶意IP地址,保护企业的网络安全,防止数据泄露。总结通过本文的探讨,我们了解到IP检测在出海营销中的关键作用。它不仅帮助企业精准定位目标市场,优化营销策略,还提高了营销效率,降低了营销成本,增强了市场竞争力。立即获取解决方案,让您的企业在全球市场中脱颖而出。
动态IP在出海营销中的关键作用
动态IP在出海营销中的关键作用
在全球化竞争日益激烈的今天,出海营销已成为企业拓展市场的重要策略。然而,面对复杂的网络环境和地域限制,如何有效提升营销效果成为了企业面临的一大挑战。动态IP技术作为一种先进的网络解决方案,正逐渐成为出海营销的利器。本文将深入探讨动态IP在出海营销中的核心价值、实际应用场景以及如何结合我们的工具提升营销效果。动态IP的核心价值1、动态IP技术通过不断变换IP地址,有效规避了地域限制和网络封锁,为企业在全球范围内开展营销活动提供了便利。2、动态IP能够模拟不同地区的用户行为,帮助企业更精准地定位目标市场,提升营销策略的针对性。3、动态IP技术还能够有效防止IP被封禁,确保营销活动的持续性和稳定性。动态IP的核心结论1、动态IP技术在出海营销中的应用,能够显著提升企业的市场竞争力,尤其是在面对复杂的网络环境时。2、通过动态IP技术,企业可以更灵活地调整营销策略,快速响应市场变化,提升营销效果。3、动态IP技术还能够帮助企业降低营销成本,提高投资回报率。动态IP的使用好处1、动态IP技术能够帮助企业突破地域限制,实现全球范围内的无缝营销。2、动态IP技术能够提升营销活动的精准度,帮助企业更有效地触达目标用户。3、动态IP技术还能够提高营销活动的安全性,防止数据泄露和IP被封禁。动态IP的实际应用场景1、在跨境电商领域,动态IP技术能够帮助企业模拟不同地区的用户行为,提升产品推广的精准度。2、在社交媒体营销中,动态IP技术能够帮助企业规避平台限制,实现多账号运营,提升营销效果。3、在搜索引擎优化(SEO)中,动态IP技术能够帮助企业模拟不同地区的搜索行为,提升网站的排名和流量。总结:动态IP技术在出海营销中的应用,不仅能够帮助企业突破地域限制,提升营销活动的精准度和安全性,还能够显著提升企业的市场竞争力。通过结合我们的工具,企业可以更灵活地调整营销策略,快速响应市场变化,实现全球范围内的无缝营销。立即获取解决方案,开启您的全球营销之旅。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)1、动态IP技术如何帮助企业突破地域限制?动态IP技术通过不断变换IP地址,模拟不同地区的用户行为,帮助企业规避地域限制和网络封锁,实现全球范围内的无缝营销。2、动态IP技术如何提升营销活动的精准度?动态IP技术能够模拟不同地区的用户行为,帮助企业更精准地定位目标市场,提升营销策略的针对性。3、动态IP技术如何提高营销活动的安全性?动态IP技术能够有效防止IP被封禁,确保营销活动的持续性和稳定性,同时防止数据泄露。4、如何结合动态IP技术提升SEO效果?动态IP技术能够模拟不同地区的搜索行为,帮助企业提升网站的排名和流量,实现更有效的搜索引擎优化。总结动态IP技术在出海营销中的应用,不仅能够帮助企业突破地域限制,提升营销活动的精准度和安全性,还能够显著提升企业的市场竞争力。通过结合我们的工具,企业可以更灵活地调整营销策略,快速响应市场变化,实现全球范围内的无缝营销。立即获取解决方案,开启您的全球营销之旅。
住宅代理在出海营销中的关键作用:提升品牌全球竞争力
住宅代理在出海营销中的关键作用
提升品牌全球竞争力
在全球化竞争日益激烈的今天,出海营销已成为企业拓展国际市场的重要手段。然而,面对复杂的网络环境和严格的数据监管,如何有效提升营销效果成为一大挑战。本文将深入探讨住宅代理在出海营销中的核心价值与实际应用场景,帮助企业更好地应对全球市场挑战。住宅代理的核心价值1、住宅代理通过模拟真实用户的网络行为,有效规避了传统代理IP被封锁的风险,确保营销活动的连续性和稳定性。2、住宅代理能够提供全球范围内的IP地址,帮助企业精准定位目标市场,提升广告投放的精准度和转化率。3、住宅代理的高匿名性和安全性,保护企业数据免受恶意攻击和泄露,确保营销活动的安全进行。住宅代理的核心结论1、住宅代理是出海营销中不可或缺的工具,能够显著提升营销效果和市场竞争力。2、住宅代理的全球覆盖和高匿名性,使其成为企业应对复杂网络环境的理想选择。3、住宅代理的实际应用场景广泛,包括广告投放、市场调研、数据采集等多个领域。住宅代理的使用好处1、住宅代理能够显著提升广告投放的精准度和转化率,帮助企业实现更高的投资回报率。2、住宅代理的高匿名性和安全性,保护企业数据免受恶意攻击和泄露,确保营销活动的安全进行。3、住宅代理的全球覆盖和稳定性,确保企业在全球范围内的营销活动能够顺利进行。住宅代理的实际应用场景1、广告投放:住宅代理能够帮助企业精准定位目标市场,提升广告投放的精准度和转化率。2、市场调研:住宅代理能够提供全球范围内的IP地址,帮助企业进行市场调研,获取真实的市场数据。3、数据采集:住宅代理的高匿名性和安全性,保护企业数据免受恶意攻击和泄露,确保数据采集的安全进行。总结:住宅代理在出海营销中扮演着至关重要的角色,其核心价值、核心结论、使用好处和实际应用场景都充分证明了其在全球市场中的重要性。通过使用住宅代理,企业能够有效提升营销效果,应对复杂的网络环境,实现全球市场的成功拓展。立即获取解决方案常见问题(FAQ)Q1: 住宅代理与传统代理有何区别?A1: 住宅代理通过模拟真实用户的网络行为,提供高匿名性和全球覆盖,而传统代理IP容易被封锁,且覆盖范围有限。Q2: 住宅代理如何提升广告投放效果?A2: 住宅代理能够精准定位目标市场,提升广告投放的精准度和转化率,帮助企业实现更高的投资回报率。Q3: 住宅代理的安全性如何?A3: 住宅代理具有高匿名性和安全性,能够保护企业数据免受恶意攻击和泄露,确保营销活动的安全进行。Q4: 住宅代理适用于哪些实际应用场景?A4: 住宅代理适用于广告投放、市场调研、数据采集等多个领域,帮助企业应对复杂的网络环境,提升全球市场竞争力。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务
社交媒体
Twitter分发平台:出海营销的新利器
Twitter分发平台
出海营销的新利器
摘要:在全球化的大背景下,出海营销已成为企业拓展国际市场的重要手段。然而,如何在众多社交媒体平台中脱颖而出,成为企业面临的一大挑战。本文将探讨如何通过Twitter分发平台提升出海营销效果,提供核心价值、使用好处及实际应用场景的详细分析,帮助企业更好地利用Twitter分发平台实现营销目标。Twitter分发平台的核心价值1、Twitter分发平台作为全球知名的社交媒体平台,拥有庞大的用户基础和广泛的影响力,为企业提供了广阔的营销空间。2、通过Twitter分发平台,企业可以精准定位目标受众,实现高效的营销传播,提升品牌知名度和市场占有率。3、Twitter分发平台的数据分析功能,帮助企业实时监控营销效果,优化营销策略,提高营销ROI。Twitter分发平台的核心结论1、Twitter分发平台是出海营销的必备工具,能够帮助企业快速进入国际市场,提升品牌影响力。2、通过Twitter分发平台,企业可以实现与目标受众的深度互动,增强用户粘性,提高转化率。3、Twitter分发平台的多样化营销工具,满足企业不同阶段的营销需求,助力企业实现长期发展。Twitter分发平台的使用好处1、Twitter分发平台提供丰富的广告形式,包括推文广告、视频广告等,满足企业多样化的营销需求。2、通过Twitter分发平台,企业可以实时与用户互动,及时回应用户反馈,提升用户体验。3、Twitter分发平台的全球覆盖能力,帮助企业快速触达全球用户,扩大市场覆盖面。Twitter分发平台的实际应用场景1、在跨境电商领域,Twitter分发平台可以帮助企业推广产品,吸引潜在客户,提高销售额。2、在品牌推广方面,Twitter分发平台通过精准的用户定位和内容分发,提升品牌知名度和美誉度。3、在活动营销中,Twitter分发平台可以实时传播活动信息,吸引用户参与,提高活动效果。总结:通过本文的详细分析,我们可以看出,Twitter分发平台在出海营销中具有不可替代的作用。它不仅能够帮助企业快速进入国际市场,提升品牌影响力,还能通过精准的用户定位和多样化的营销工具,实现高效的营销传播。因此,企业应充分利用Twitter分发平台,制定科学的营销策略,实现长期发展。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: Twitter分发平台适合哪些类型的企业?A1: Twitter分发平台适合所有希望拓展国际市场的企业,特别是跨境电商、品牌推广和活动营销等领域的企业。Q2: 如何通过Twitter分发平台提升品牌知名度?A2: 通过精准的用户定位和内容分发,结合多样化的广告形式,可以有效提升品牌知名度。Q3: Twitter分发平台的数据分析功能有哪些优势?A3: Twitter分发平台的数据分析功能可以实时监控营销效果,帮助企业优化营销策略,提高营销ROI。Q4: 如何利用Twitter分发平台进行活动营销?A4: 通过实时传播活动信息,吸引用户参与,结合互动和反馈机制,可以提高活动效果。立即获取解决方案立即试用
Twitter跨国推广:品牌出海新机遇
Twitter跨国推广
品牌出海新机遇
在全球化的今天,品牌出海已成为企业发展的必经之路。然而,如何在众多竞争者中脱颖而出,成为品牌成功的关键。本文将深入探讨Twitter跨国推广的核心价值与实际应用场景,帮助品牌在海外市场站稳脚跟。Twitter跨国推广的核心价值1、Twitter作为全球领先的社交媒体平台,拥有庞大的用户群体和广泛的影响力。通过Twitter跨国推广,品牌可以迅速提升国际知名度,吸引更多潜在客户。2、Twitter的实时性和互动性为品牌提供了与全球用户直接沟通的机会,有助于建立品牌忠诚度和信任感。3、Twitter的广告投放系统精准高效,能够根据用户兴趣和行为进行定向推广,提高广告转化率。Twitter跨国推广的核心结论1、Twitter跨国推广是品牌出海的有效途径,能够帮助品牌快速进入国际市场。2、通过Twitter的精准投放和实时互动,品牌可以更好地了解目标市场,优化营销策略。3、Twitter跨国推广的成功案例表明,品牌在海外市场的表现与其在Twitter上的活跃度密切相关。Twitter跨国推广的使用好处1、提升品牌知名度:通过Twitter跨国推广,品牌可以在短时间内获得大量曝光,提升国际知名度。2、增加用户互动:Twitter的实时互动功能使品牌能够与用户建立更紧密的联系,增强用户粘性。3、提高广告效果:Twitter的精准投放系统能够确保广告触达目标用户,提高广告转化率。Twitter跨国推广的实际应用场景1、新品发布:通过Twitter跨国推广,品牌可以迅速将新品信息传递给全球用户,吸引关注和购买。2、品牌活动:利用Twitter的实时互动功能,品牌可以举办线上活动,增强用户参与感和品牌忠诚度。3、危机公关:在品牌面临危机时,Twitter跨国推广可以帮助品牌迅速回应,控制舆论,维护品牌形象。总结:Twitter跨国推广为品牌出海提供了新的机遇和挑战。通过深入了解Twitter的核心价值与实际应用场景,品牌可以更好地利用这一平台,实现国际市场的成功拓展。立即获取解决方案,开启您的品牌出海之旅。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: Twitter跨国推广适合哪些类型的品牌?A1: Twitter跨国推广适合所有希望进入国际市场的品牌,尤其是那些希望通过社交媒体提升知名度和用户互动的品牌。Q2: Twitter跨国推广的广告投放效果如何?A2: Twitter的广告投放系统精准高效,能够根据用户兴趣和行为进行定向推广,提高广告转化率。Q3: 如何通过Twitter跨国推广提升品牌忠诚度?A3: 通过Twitter的实时互动功能,品牌可以与用户建立更紧密的联系,增强用户粘性和品牌忠诚度。Q4: Twitter跨国推广的成本如何?A4: Twitter跨国推广的成本因品牌需求和广告投放策略而异,但总体来说,其性价比高,能够为品牌带来显著的回报。总结Twitter跨国推广为品牌出海提供了新的机遇和挑战。通过深入了解Twitter的核心价值与实际应用场景,品牌可以更好地利用这一平台,实现国际市场的成功拓展。立即获取解决方案,开启您的品牌出海之旅。
Twitter流量管理:出海营销新策略
Twitter流量管理
出海营销新策略
在全球化的大背景下,出海营销已成为企业拓展国际市场的重要途径。然而,如何在众多竞争者中脱颖而出,精准触达目标受众,成为了每个出海企业面临的挑战。Twitter流量管理作为一种新兴的营销策略,正逐渐受到企业的青睐。本文将深入探讨Twitter流量管理的核心价值、使用好处、实际应用场景,以及如何结合我们的工具实现最佳效果。Twitter流量管理的核心价值1、Twitter流量管理能够帮助企业精准定位目标市场,通过数据分析,了解用户行为和偏好,从而制定更有针对性的营销策略。2、通过有效的流量管理,企业可以提高品牌曝光率,增加用户互动,提升转化率。3、Twitter流量管理还能够帮助企业优化广告投放,降低营销成本,提高投资回报率。Twitter流量管理的核心结论1、Twitter流量管理是出海营销中不可或缺的一环,它能够帮助企业实现精准营销,提高品牌影响力。2、通过科学的流量管理,企业可以更好地理解目标市场,制定更有效的营销策略。3、结合我们的工具,企业可以更高效地进行Twitter流量管理,实现最佳的营销效果。Twitter流量管理的使用好处1、提高品牌曝光率:通过Twitter流量管理,企业可以增加品牌在目标市场的曝光率,吸引更多潜在客户。2、提升用户互动:有效的流量管理能够增加用户互动,提高用户粘性,促进品牌忠诚度的提升。3、优化广告投放:通过数据分析,企业可以优化广告投放策略,降低营销成本,提高广告效果。Twitter流量管理的实际应用场景1、跨境电商:通过Twitter流量管理,跨境电商企业可以精准触达目标消费者,提高产品销量。2、品牌推广:企业可以利用Twitter流量管理进行品牌推广,提升品牌知名度和美誉度。3、活动营销:通过流量管理,企业可以更有效地进行活动营销,吸引更多用户参与,提高活动效果。总结:通过本文的探讨,我们可以看到Twitter流量管理在出海营销中的重要性和价值。它不仅能够帮助企业精准触达目标受众,提高品牌曝光率,还能够优化广告投放,降低营销成本。结合我们的工具,企业可以更高效地进行Twitter流量管理,实现最佳的营销效果。立即获取解决方案,开启您的出海营销新篇章。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: 什么是Twitter流量管理?A1: Twitter流量管理是指通过数据分析、用户行为研究等手段,优化Twitter平台上的流量分配,以提高营销效果。Q2: Twitter流量管理对出海营销有何帮助?A2: Twitter流量管理能够帮助企业精准触达目标市场,提高品牌曝光率,优化广告投放,降低营销成本。Q3: 如何结合工具进行Twitter流量管理?A3: 我们的工具提供数据分析、用户行为研究等功能,帮助企业更高效地进行Twitter流量管理。立即试用,体验高效营销。Q4: Twitter流量管理的成本如何?A4: Twitter流量管理的成本因企业规模和需求而异,但通过优化广告投放,企业可以降低整体营销成本。总结通过本文的探讨,我们可以看到Twitter流量管理在出海营销中的重要性和价值。它不仅能够帮助企业精准触达目标受众,提高品牌曝光率,还能够优化广告投放,降低营销成本。结合我们的工具,企业可以更高效地进行Twitter流量管理,实现最佳的营销效果。立即获取解决方案,开启您的出海营销新篇章。
全球大数据
大数据营销工具助力出海营销新突破
大数据营销工具助力出海营销新突破
在全球化竞争日益激烈的今天,企业如何通过大数据营销工具实现出海营销的新突破?本文将深入探讨大数据营销工具的核心价值、核心结论、使用好处以及实际应用场景,帮助企业在全球市场中精准触达目标客户,实现高效转化。大数据营销工具的核心价值1、大数据营销工具通过海量数据的收集、分析和应用,帮助企业精准定位目标市场,优化营销策略。2、通过实时数据监控和反馈,企业可以快速调整营销方案,提高市场响应速度。3、大数据营销工具还能够帮助企业预测市场趋势,提前布局,抢占市场先机。大数据营销工具的核心结论1、大数据营销工具是出海营销的利器,能够显著提升营销效果和ROI。2、通过大数据分析,企业可以更好地理解目标市场的消费者行为,制定更有效的营销策略。3、大数据营销工具的应用,能够帮助企业降低营销成本,提高营销效率。大数据营销工具的使用好处1、精准触达:通过大数据分析,企业可以精准定位目标客户,提高广告投放的精准度。2、高效转化:大数据营销工具能够帮助企业优化营销漏斗,提高转化率。3、成本控制:通过大数据分析,企业可以优化广告预算,降低营销成本。大数据营销工具的实际应用场景1、跨境电商:通过大数据分析,企业可以精准定位海外市场,优化产品推广策略。2、品牌出海:大数据营销工具能够帮助企业了解海外消费者的品牌认知,制定品牌推广策略。3、市场调研:通过大数据分析,企业可以快速了解目标市场的竞争态势,制定市场进入策略。总结:大数据营销工具在出海营销中的应用,不仅能够帮助企业精准触达目标客户,提高营销效果,还能够降低营销成本,提高市场响应速度。通过大数据分析,企业可以更好地理解目标市场的消费者行为,制定更有效的营销策略,实现全球市场的新突破。立即获取解决方案常见问题解答1、大数据营销工具如何帮助企业精准触达目标客户?通过大数据分析,企业可以了解目标客户的行为特征和偏好,从而制定精准的营销策略,提高广告投放的精准度。2、大数据营销工具如何提高营销转化率?大数据营销工具能够帮助企业优化营销漏斗,通过数据分析和反馈,快速调整营销方案,提高转化率。3、大数据营销工具如何降低营销成本?通过大数据分析,企业可以优化广告预算,精准投放广告,避免资源浪费,从而降低营销成本。4、大数据营销工具在跨境电商中的应用有哪些?在跨境电商中,大数据营销工具可以帮助企业精准定位海外市场,优化产品推广策略,提高市场竞争力。立即试用拓客大师系统,开启您的全球营销新篇章。立即试用拓客大师系统
海外账号数据筛选工具 | 高效精准的数据分析平台
海外账号数据筛选工具 | 高效精准的数据分析平台
在全球数字营销的浪潮中,掌握有效的海外账号数据筛选工具是成功的关键。本文将深入探讨如何利用这些工具优化跨境电商的营销策略。什么是海外账号数据筛选?海外账号数据筛选是指通过特定工具和方法,对海外市场中的用户账号进行分析和筛选,以获取高价值的客户群体。这一过程能够帮助企业更精准地定位目标市场,提升营销效率。海外账号数据筛选的重要性1、精准定位:通过筛选,企业能够找到潜在客户,提高市场投放的精准度。2、提升转化率:精准的用户数据能够帮助企业设计更有效的营销策略,从而提高转化率。3、节约成本:有效的数据筛选能够减少无效投放,节省营销成本。如何进行海外账号数据筛选?1、选择合适的工具:市场上有多种工具可供选择,如LIKE等,这些工具提供强大的数据分析和筛选功能。2、设定筛选标准:根据业务需求,设定年龄、性别、地域等筛选标准,以获取最相关的用户数据。3、数据分析:对筛选出的数据进行深入分析,寻找潜在客户的行为模式和需求。使用案例分析1、某跨境电商平台通过LIKE工具筛选出一组年轻女性用户,针对她们推出了定制的护肤产品,最终实现了30%的销售增长。2、一家服装品牌利用海外账号数据筛选,找到了一批对环保材料感兴趣的用户,成功推出了环保系列服装,受到了市场的热烈欢迎。优点与挑战1、优点:数据筛选能够有效提升营销的针对性和效率,帮助企业在竞争激烈的市场中脱颖而出。2、挑战:数据隐私问题是企业在进行账号筛选时必须面对的挑战,必须遵循相关法律法规。总结:海外账号数据筛选是现代跨境电商成功的关键之一。通过合理运用数据筛选工具,企业能够精准定位目标客户,从而最大化营销效果。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务,帮助企业更好地进行海外账号数据筛选。常见问题(FAQ)1. 海外账号数据筛选工具有哪些?常见的工具包括LIKE、Google Analytics、Facebook Insights等,这些工具各有特色,可以根据需求选择。2. 如何选择合适的筛选标准?选择筛选标准时,需结合产品特点和目标市场,常用的标准包括地理位置、性别、年龄和用户兴趣等。3. 数据隐私问题如何解决?企业需遵守GDPR等相关法律法规,确保用户数据的安全和隐私,必要时可寻求法律顾问的帮助。欲了解更多关于海外账号数据筛选的信息,请访问我们的官方网站。
海外数据去重 | 提升跨境电商全球营销效果
海外数据去重 | 提升跨境电商全球营销效果
随着全球市场的快速发展,越来越多的品牌意识到国际化的重要性。本文将探讨如何通过全球营销软件提升品牌的国际化能力。全球营销软件的定义与重要性全球营销软件是指一系列工具和平台,旨在帮助品牌在国际市场上进行有效的营销活动。这些软件通常包括市场分析、客户关系管理、内容管理和社交媒体营销等功能。1. 市场分析:通过数据驱动的市场分析,品牌可以及时了解目标市场的需求与趋势。2. 客户关系管理:全球营销软件帮助品牌管理与客户的关系,提高客户满意度。3. 内容管理:提供多语言和文化适配的内容管理功能,确保品牌信息的全球一致性。如何选择合适的全球营销软件选择合适的全球营销软件需要考虑以下几方面:1. 功能需求:根据品牌的具体需求选择具有相关功能的软件,例如市场分析、广告投放等。2. 用户体验:确保软件的界面友好,易于使用,从而提高工作效率。3. 支持与服务:选择提供良好客户支持和培训服务的供应商,以便更快上手。成功使用全球营销软件的案例许多品牌通过全球营销软件成功拓展了国际市场。例如:1. 某化妆品牌:通过市场分析功能,识别了亚洲市场的增长潜力,并针对性地推出产品,销售额大幅提升。2. 某电商平台:利用客户关系管理功能,提升了客户留存率,增加了回购率。3. 某服装品牌:通过社交媒体营销功能,成功吸引了大量年轻消费者,品牌知名度显著提高。全球营销软件的优点与挑战虽然全球营销软件有许多优势,但在使用过程中也面临一些挑战:1. 优点: - 提高市场响应速度,快速适应市场变化。 - 提升品牌曝光率,扩大市场份额。2. 挑战: - 数据隐私与安全问题,需要遵循各国法规。 - 文化差异,需针对不同市场调整营销策略。总结随着全球化的深入发展,品牌需要更好地利用全球营销软件来提升自身的国际化能力。通过选择合适的工具,品牌不仅能更有效地进入新市场,还能在竞争中保持优势。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务,推动品牌出海成功。常见问题(FAQ)1. 全球营销软件的主要功能有哪些?全球营销软件通常包括市场分析、客户关系管理、内容管理和社交媒体营销等功能。2. 如何评估全球营销软件的效果?可以通过观察市场份额的变化、客户满意度、销售额等指标来评估全球营销软件的效果。3. 使用全球营销软件的成本如何控制?选择适合自身需求的软件,并通过合理的预算分配和成本监控来控制使用成本。欲了解更多关于全球营销软件的信息,请访问我们的官方网站。
全球峰会
Flarum搭建论坛详细教程
Flarum搭建论坛详细教程
1、关于Flarum程序完美支持军哥lnmp环境/宝塔等,下载程序上传到网站根目录并需要伪静态+fileinfo扩展。程序本地下载:FlarumChina-beta7.zipGithub下载地址:https://github.com/skywalker512/FlarumChinafileinfo拓展 需要支持php扩展fileinfo。 1、对于lnmp1.3默认没有支持。修改include/upgrade_php.sh这个文件,把其中的:--disable-fileinfo,全部替换:--enable-fileinfo,再执行./upgrade.sh升级php就行了。 2、对于宝塔,安装后,找到你的PHP程序,里面有扩展可以选择安装。2、centos安装LNMP支持flarun2 | 1 数据库安装代码语言:javascript复制sudo wget https://dev.mysql.com/get/mysql57-community-release-el7-8.noarch.rpm yum -y install mysql57-community-release-el7-10.noarch.rpm yum -y install mysql-community-server systemctl start mysqld.service2 | 2 mysql5.7获取密码的方式代码语言:javascript复制sudo grep 'temporary password' /var/log/mysqld.log代码语言:javascript复制vi /etc/my.cnf代码语言:javascript复制#添加validate_password_policy配置 validate_password_policy=0 #关闭密码策略 validate_password = off修改root密码代码语言:javascript复制mysql -uroot -p密码代码语言:javascript复制set global validate_password_policy=0; set global validate_password_length=1; ALTER USER 'root'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY 'MyNewPass4!'; grant all privileges on *.* to root@"%" identified by "new password"; flush privileges;代码语言:javascript复制systemctl restart mysql2 | 3 安装php7.2代码语言:javascript复制sudo rpm -Uvh https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm sudo rpm -Uvh https://mirror.webtatic.com/yum/el7/webtatic-release.rpm yum install php72w-fpm php72w-cli php72w-curl php72w-dom php72w-gd php72w-json php72w-mbstring php72w-openssl php72w-pdo_mysql php72w-tokenizer php72w-zip -y代码语言:javascript复制vim /etc/php-fpm.d/www.conf代码语言:javascript复制#找到以下两处共四行代码并修改如下: user = nginx group = nginx listen.owner = nginx listen.group = nginx3、安装Flarum方法一:下载=即使用整合包https://github.com/skywalker512/FlarumChina/releases/tag/v0.1.0-beta.12方法二:composer拉取 (比较建议后面装插件都是用的composer)3 | 1 安装composer下载composer.phar, 如果是网络原因失败,多试几次代码语言:javascript复制curl -sS https://getcomposer.org/installer | php把composer.phar移动到环境下让其变成可执行:代码语言:javascript复制mv composer.phar /usr/local/bin/composer测试代码语言:javascript复制composer -v修改镜像地址代码语言:javascript复制composer config repo.packagist composer https://mirrors.aliyun.com/composer/3 | 2 安装ningx代码语言:javascript复制yum -y install nginx unzip进入wwwroot目录中使用composer命令来安装flarum:代码语言:javascript复制mkdir /var/www/flarum/ cd /var/www/flarum/代码语言:javascript复制composer create-project flarum/flarum . --stability=beta #不用使用管理员权限命令sudo。完毕后修改nginx中的默认配置文件:代码语言:javascript复制sudo vim /etc/nginx/nginx.conf代码语言:javascript复制#将server代码段下的所有代码都用#注释掉 #server { # listen 80 default_server; # listen [::]:80 default_server; # server_name _; # root /usr/share/nginx/html; # # Load configuration files for the default server block. # include /etc/nginx/default.d/*.conf; # location / { # } # error_page 404 /404.html; # location = /40x.html { # } # error_page 500 502 503 504 /50x.html; # location = /50x.html { # } #} #然后修改 server { listen 80; server_name your.website.url; root /var/www/flarum/public; index index.php index.html; #include /home/flarum/wwwroot/.nginx.conf; location ~ \.php$ { fastcgi_pass 127.0.0.1:9000; fastcgi_index index.php; fastcgi_param SCRIPT_FILENAME $document_root$fastcgi_script_name; include fastcgi_params; } location / { try_files $uri $uri/ /index.php?$query_string; } # The following directives are based on best practices from H5BP Nginx Server Configs # https://github.com/h5bp/server-configs-nginx # Expire rules for static content location ~* \.(?:manifest|appcache|html?|xml|json)$ { add_header Cache-Control "max-age=0"; } location ~* \.(?:rss|atom)$ { add_header Cache-Control "max-age=3600"; } location ~* \.(?:jpg|jpeg|gif|png|ico|cur|gz|svg|mp4|ogg|ogv|webm|htc)$ { add_header Cache-Control "max-age=2592000"; access_log off; } location ~* \.(?:css|js)$ { add_header Cache-Control "max-age=31536000"; access_log off; } location ~* \.(?:ttf|ttc|otf|eot|woff|woff2)$ { add_header Cache-Control "max-age=2592000"; access_log off; } # Gzip compression gzip on; gzip_comp_level 5; gzip_min_length 256; gzip_proxied any; gzip_vary on; gzip_types application/atom+xml application/javascript application/json application/ld+json application/manifest+json application/rss+xml application/vnd.geo+json application/vnd.ms-fontobject application/x-font-ttf application/x-web-app-manifest+json application/xhtml+xml application/xml font/opentype image/bmp image/svg+xml image/x-icon text/cache-manifest text/css text/plain text/vcard text/vnd.rim.location.xloc text/vtt text/x-component text/x-cross-domain-policy; }注意:因为Flarum遵守了最新的安全规范,其程序的运行目录其实是在public文件夹内。4、插件安装https://bbs.csur.fun/d/84-flarum5、虚拟机搭建买个虚拟机做网页,诸多限制,虚拟机服务商的提供的服务确实就两字“操蛋”。 为什么没有买云服务器?就两字 “没钱”!哈哈。 虚拟机的购买途径自寻,但是很多服务商真的很坑爹。 虚拟机要求php支持7.2以上mysql支持5.7以上能够支持更改网站跟目录6、更改网站根目录层级将 public 目录(包括 .htaccess)中的所有文件移动到 Flarum 根目录。然后编辑 .htaccess 取消第 9-14 行的注释,以保护敏感资源。 然后编辑 index.php 文件,更改以下行:代码语言:javascript复制$site = require './site.php';最后,在 site.php 更新路径,以反映新的目录结构:代码语言:javascript复制'base' => __DIR__, 'public' => __DIR__, 'storage' => __DIR__.'/storage',config.php 更新 url 路径代码语言:javascript复制'url' => 'https://xxx.com/community',不更改网站层级目录请根据你的虚拟主机面板的不同,将网站运行目录指向public文件夹。 如果您使用的是虚拟主机无法更改目录,请按照一下的方法进行设置 在根目录下新建一个名为 .htaccess的文件代码语言:javascript复制RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} !^/public/ RewriteRule ^(.*)$ /public/$1 [L]7、其他底部加统计代码语言:javascript复制vendor/flarum/core/views/app.blade.php去掉网络字体代码语言:javascript复制vendor/flarum/core/src/Http/WebApp/WebAppView.php伪静态设置Nginx的话在站点配置文件处添加下面一段话。代码语言:javascript复制location / { try_files $uri $uri/ /index.php?$query_string; } location /api { try_files $uri $uri/ /api.php?$query_string; } location /admin { try_files $uri $uri/ /admin.php?$query_string; } location /flarum { deny all; return 404; } location ~ .php$ { fastcgi_split_path_info ^(.+.php)(/.+)$; fastcgi_pass unix:/tmp/php-cgi.sock; fastcgi_index index.php; include fastcgi.conf; }
一些关于网站推广问题合集。
一些关于网站推广问题合集。
网站怎么快速上权重?要让一个网站快速提高权重,需要实施以下一些有效的策略:提供高质量的内容:提供高质量、原创、有用的内容是最重要的。这可以吸引更多的用户访问,并增加用户留存时间,提高用户体验。同时,高质量的内容也会被其他网站引用和分享,这将有助于增加外部链接,提高网站的权重。内部链接优化:内部链接是指在网站内部不同页面之间的链接。通过优化内部链接结构,可以增加搜索引擎对网站的理解,提高网站权重。在内部链接时,要使用相关的关键字作为链接文本,而不是使用"点击这里"这样无意义的链接文本。外部链接建设:获取来自其他网站的高质量链接对于提高网站权重非常重要。可以通过主动进行友情链接、媒体报道、论坛发帖等方式增加外部链接。但是请注意,建立外部链接是需要花费时间和精力的,必须确保链接是高质量的、自然的,否则可能会适得其反。社交媒体推广:在社交媒体平台上建立专业的社交媒体账号,提供网站相关的信息、文章、图像、视频等,让更多的用户了解网站,增加网站的曝光度,进而增加网站权重。网站结构优化:优化网站结构可以帮助搜索引擎更好地抓取和理解网站内容,提高网站权重。可以通过优化网站的HTML代码结构、网站的目录结构、网站的图片和视频的优化等方式实现。需要注意的是,这些策略需要长期坚持和不断完善,才能够取得长期、稳定的效果。怎么养站?要养好一个网站,需要考虑以下几个方面:网站内容:一个网站需要有高质量、有价值的内容来吸引用户。内容可以是文字、图片、视频等形式,需要有足够的量和质量,同时需要及时更新。网站设计:网站的设计需要符合用户的视觉需求,界面简洁、易于操作、美观大方,同时需要考虑不同设备(如手机、平板、电脑)的适配。网站优化:通过搜索引擎优化(SEO)、网站性能优化(如减少页面加载时间)、提高用户体验(如减少广告干扰),来提高网站的流量和用户满意度。社交媒体:通过社交媒体来吸引用户,增加网站的曝光率和影响力,比如可以在微信公众号、微博、知乎等平台上发布内容,吸引用户关注。安全保护:确保网站的安全性,包括用户信息保护、反垃圾邮件、反病毒等安全措施。数据分析:通过数据分析工具,了解用户访问情况,优化网站的运营,提高用户满意度和转化率。综合考虑上述因素,不断更新和改进,就可以养好一个网站。网站怎么发外链有用?要使外链对你的网站有用,你需要遵循以下几个步骤:确定目标受众和内容:确定你要向哪些人推广内容,以及他们可能对哪些内容感兴趣。通过创建高质量的内容,吸引用户来阅读你的文章并点击你的链接。找到相关的网站:寻找与你的内容相关的网站,并联系网站所有者以获得一个外链。你可以通过搜索引擎、社交媒体、行业博客等方式来找到这些网站。站长百科网创建有价值的内容:创建有价值的内容可以吸引其他网站链接到你的网站。确保你的内容是高质量的,包含有用的信息,且易于阅读和分享。联系其他网站:直接联系其他网站的所有者,请求他们在他们的网站上添加你的链接。你可以通过电子邮件、社交媒体或其他渠道来联系他们。使用社交媒体:在社交媒体上分享你的内容,并鼓励其他用户分享你的文章。这样可以提高你的内容的曝光率,并吸引更多的用户来访问你的网站。需要注意的是,对于外链的数量和质量,搜索引擎有一定的要求,如果采用不当的方式获取外链,可能会对你的网站产生负面影响。因此,你需要遵守搜索引擎的规则,采用合法的方式获取外链,从而为你的网站带来更多的流量和排名提升。2023年建什么类型的网站有前景?2023年,移动端和云端应用程序将继续受到极大的关注,尤其是基于AI的应用程序。有预测认为,2023年将会出现大量的智能家居、自动驾驶、语音助手等应用,这些网站将具有更大的前景。收藏 | 0点赞 | 0打赏
红鲱鱼发布欧洲100佳创业企业名单
红鲱鱼发布欧洲100佳创业企业名单
红鲱鱼欧洲100佳创业企业评选活动上周在阿姆斯特丹结束,这次活动评出了欧洲100家最具潜力的创业企业。此次论坛讨论了2016年及未来几年欧洲创业者面临的前景。众多顶级投资人参与了讨论,指导创业企业如何吸引合适的投资机构。演讲嘉宾和听众都认为在欧洲融资仍然是主要挑战,这对于创业者来说尤其重要。论坛讨论结束,企业开始登台宣讲,评选标准和去年一样严格。参与评选的企业来自整个欧洲,从俄罗斯到法国到英国到德国。这100家最佳企业都是经过严格的层层筛选评出的,荣誉来之不易,也是众望所归。这些企业来自不同的领域,他们在欧洲以及全球市场的发展将备受瞩目,也会受到密切跟踪。 2016年欧洲100佳创业企业榜单公司行业国家12Return软件荷兰3megawatt GmbH清洁技术德国4th Office云技术英国6Tribes社交媒体英国Acast AB娱乐媒体瑞典Accellta Ltd生命科学/生物技术以色列Agiboo BV云技术荷兰agile42其他德国Anders Innovations网络/互联网芬兰Appentra Solutions软件西班牙arivis AG软件德国Beyond Sports虚拟技术荷兰Billage云技术西班牙Biovotion AG医疗设备瑞士BISEES INFORMATION SYSTEMS软件爱尔兰CARENITY社交媒体法国CloudEndure云技术以色列Compliance Risks专业服务爱尔兰Create Intelligence Ltd软件/分析英国Cree GmbH清洁技术奥地利CropX云技术以色列DCA (Data-Centric Alliance)大数据/存储俄罗斯Diviac AG互联网/网络瑞士EasyPark Group其他瑞典Educated Change Ltd娱乐媒体英国Enso Detego GmbH软件奥地利eSMART Technologies清洁技术瑞士EVRYTHNG云技术英国Fairsail云技术英国Featurespace其他英国FINALCAD软件法国GetIntent广告技术美国Grapeshot软件英国GuardSquare网络安全比利时HeadSense Medical医疗设备以色列HELLO STAGE娱乐媒体美国Herta Security网络安全西班牙High-Tech Bridge网络安全瑞士homePad Solutions互联网/网络瑞士ICS2大数据/存储以色列ID Finance银行/并购西班牙indoo.rs GmbH软件奥地利Kameleoon广告技术法国Keypasco网络安全瑞典KTH Event Agency清洁技术土耳其Lemon Way互联网/网络法国Leverate软件以色列LibraEsva Srl网络安全意大利MediSapiens Ltd生命科学/生物技术芬兰MeetApp AB移动技术瑞典Metafused Ltd广告技术英国moblin大数据/软件/广告技术以色列Mols Media BV软件荷兰MYMobile Security网络安全英国nestpick其他德国Nexthink软件瑞士OneSoon Limited软件英国Openhost, SL云技术西班牙Optimal Plus大数据/存储以色列OurCrowd风险资本/投资以色列Overleaf云技术英国P.I.Works电讯土耳其Padawan Ltd网络英国Parx Plastics BV清洁技术荷兰PleaseTech Ltd软件英国Polar OLED Ltd硬件英国Privatequity.biz互联网/网络以色列Productsup GmbH软件德国Pyreos Limited硬件英国Qosmos软件法国QUASARDB软件法国Radisens Diagnostics医疗设备爱尔兰rational motion清洁技术德国RedCloud Technologies软件英国Relay42云技术荷兰Roima Intelligence其他芬兰Securosys SA网络安全瑞士Sentiance软件比利时Shadow Technologies网络/互联网以色列Smoltek AB纳米技术瑞典Spideo软件法国Sportswik AB娱乐媒体dia瑞典Stratoscale虚拟技术以色列Takeaway.com B.V.网络/互联网荷兰Teamnet Group软件罗马尼亚The Nostrum Group Ltd软件英国TimeLog A/S软件丹麦Tinitell电讯瑞典TitanHQ网络安全爱尔兰Umbilical Design其他瑞典VATBOX云技术英国Venture Spirit云技术比利时VerseOne软件英国Visma Solutions Oy云技术芬兰Wax Digital Ltd云技术英国网络lib大数据/存储法国WeekCal BV移动技术荷兰Zapgocharger Ltd消费电子英国Zebra Medical Vision生命科学/生物技术以色列ZeroLight软件英国
海外工具
Line群组营销软件:出海营销新利器
Line群组营销软件
出海营销新利器
在全球化背景下,出海营销已成为企业拓展市场的重要策略。然而,如何高效地触达目标用户并提升转化率,仍是许多企业面临的挑战。本文将介绍如何通过Line群组营销软件,解决出海营销中的痛点,提升营销效果。Line群组营销软件的核心价值1. Line群组营销软件通过精准的用户画像和数据分析,帮助企业更准确地定位目标用户,提升营销的精准度。2. 该软件支持多语言、多时区的营销活动,适应不同国家和地区的市场需求,增强企业的全球竞争力。3. 通过自动化营销流程,减少人工操作,提高营销效率,降低运营成本。Line群组营销软件的核心结论1. Line群组营销软件能够显著提升出海营销的ROI,通过数据驱动的营销策略,实现更高的转化率。2. 该软件的多渠道整合功能,帮助企业实现全渠道营销,提升品牌曝光度和用户参与度。3. 通过实时数据监控和反馈,企业可以快速调整营销策略,应对市场变化,保持竞争优势。Line群组营销软件的使用好处1. Line群组营销软件提供丰富的营销模板和工具,帮助企业快速创建和发布营销内容,节省时间和资源。2. 该软件支持个性化营销,根据用户行为和偏好,定制个性化的营销信息,提升用户满意度和忠诚度。3. 通过数据分析和报告功能,企业可以深入了解营销效果,优化营销策略,提升整体业绩。Line群组营销软件的实际应用场景1. 在跨境电商领域,Line群组营销软件可以帮助企业通过Line群组进行产品推广和促销活动,吸引更多海外用户。2. 在旅游行业,该软件可以通过Line群组发布旅游线路和优惠信息,吸引潜在客户,提升预订率。3. 在教育行业,该软件可以通过Line群组进行课程推广和学员互动,提升品牌知名度和用户粘性。总结:通过本文的介绍,我们可以看到,Line群组营销软件在出海营销中具有重要的应用价值。它不仅能够提升营销的精准度和效率,还能帮助企业更好地适应全球市场的需求。立即获取解决方案,开启您的出海营销新篇章。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: Line群组营销软件适合哪些行业?A1: Line群组营销软件适用于跨境电商、旅游、教育等多个行业,帮助企业提升营销效果。Q2: 如何通过Line群组营销软件提升用户参与度?A2: 通过个性化营销和互动功能,Line群组营销软件可以提升用户参与度和满意度。Q3: Line群组营销软件支持多语言吗?A3: 是的,Line群组营销软件支持多语言,适应不同国家和地区的市场需求。Q4: 如何获取Line群组营销软件的试用?A4: 您可以立即试用Line群组营销软件,体验其强大的营销功能。
Telegram客户开发软件助力出海营销
Telegram客户开发软件助力出海营销
在全球化浪潮中,出海营销已成为企业拓展市场的重要手段。然而,如何高效地与全球客户建立联系,成为许多企业面临的挑战。本文将探讨如何通过Telegram客户开发软件,提升出海营销效果,实现全球市场拓展。核心价值:Telegram客户开发软件的优势1、Telegram客户开发软件以其强大的即时通讯功能,帮助企业快速响应全球客户需求,提升客户满意度。2、通过精准的客户数据分析,软件能够帮助企业识别潜在客户,优化营销策略。3、Telegram的全球用户基础为企业提供了广阔的客户资源,助力企业快速进入新市场。核心结论:Telegram客户开发软件的实际效果1、使用Telegram客户开发软件的企业,其客户响应时间平均缩短了30%,显著提升了客户体验。2、通过软件的精准营销功能,企业的客户转化率提高了20%,有效提升了营销ROI。3、Telegram客户开发软件的多语言支持功能,帮助企业克服了语言障碍,更好地服务全球客户。使用好处:Telegram客户开发软件的多重优势1、Telegram客户开发软件的高效通讯功能,确保了企业与客户之间的即时沟通,提升了业务效率。2、软件的自动化营销工具,减少了人工操作,降低了营销成本。3、Telegram的安全性和隐私保护功能,保障了客户数据的安全,增强了客户信任。实际应用场景:Telegram客户开发软件的成功案例1、某跨境电商企业通过Telegram客户开发软件,成功打入东南亚市场,实现了销售额的快速增长。2、一家国际教育机构利用软件的精准营销功能,吸引了大量海外学生,提升了品牌知名度。3、某科技公司通过Telegram客户开发软件,与全球客户建立了紧密的合作关系,推动了产品的全球推广。总结:Telegram客户开发软件以其强大的功能和广泛的应用场景,成为企业出海营销的得力助手。通过本文的探讨,我们相信,Telegram客户开发软件将帮助更多企业实现全球市场的成功拓展。立即获取解决方案常见问题(FAQ)Q1: Telegram客户开发软件适合哪些行业?A1: Telegram客户开发软件适用于跨境电商、国际教育、科技产品等多个行业,帮助企业快速进入全球市场。Q2: 如何确保Telegram客户开发软件的数据安全?A2: Telegram客户开发软件采用了先进的加密技术,确保客户数据的安全性和隐私保护。Q3: Telegram客户开发软件如何提升客户转化率?A3: 通过精准的客户数据分析和自动化营销工具,Telegram客户开发软件帮助企业识别潜在客户,优化营销策略,从而提升客户转化率。Q4: 如何开始使用Telegram客户开发软件?A4: 立即试用Telegram客户开发软件,体验其强大的功能和优势,助力您的企业实现全球市场拓展。总结Telegram客户开发软件以其高效、安全、精准的特点,成为企业出海营销的必备工具。通过本文的详细阐述,我们相信,Telegram客户开发软件将帮助更多企业实现全球市场的成功拓展。立即获取解决方案
Twitter批量私信:出海营销新利器
Twitter批量私信
出海营销新利器
在全球化竞争日益激烈的今天,出海营销已成为企业拓展国际市场的重要策略。然而,如何高效地与目标用户互动,提升品牌曝光率,成为了许多企业面临的难题。本文将深入探讨Twitter批量私信工具在出海营销中的核心价值与实际应用场景,帮助企业在国际市场上脱颖而出。Twitter批量私信的核心价值1、Twitter批量私信工具通过自动化技术,能够高效地发送个性化消息,极大地提升了与目标用户的互动效率。2、该工具支持多账号管理,帮助企业同时运营多个Twitter账号,扩大品牌影响力。3、通过数据分析功能,企业可以实时监控私信效果,优化营销策略,提升转化率。Twitter批量私信的核心结论1、Twitter批量私信工具能够显著提升品牌在国际市场的曝光率,增强用户粘性。2、通过精准的用户定位与个性化消息发送,企业可以更有效地触达目标用户,提升营销效果。3、该工具的多账号管理功能,帮助企业实现规模化运营,降低营销成本。Twitter批量私信的使用好处1、提升用户互动率:通过个性化消息发送,增加用户回复与互动。2、优化营销策略:实时数据分析帮助企业调整营销策略,提升转化率。3、降低运营成本:多账号管理功能减少人力成本,提高运营效率。Twitter批量私信的实际应用场景1、新品发布:通过Twitter批量私信工具,企业可以快速向目标用户推送新品信息,提升产品曝光率。2、活动推广:在促销活动期间,企业可以利用该工具向用户发送活动详情,吸引用户参与。3、客户服务:通过私信功能,企业可以及时回复用户咨询,提升客户满意度。总结:本文深入探讨了Twitter批量私信工具在出海营销中的核心价值与实际应用场景。通过该工具,企业可以高效地与目标用户互动,提升品牌曝光率,优化营销策略,降低运营成本。立即获取解决方案,开启您的出海营销新篇章。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: Twitter批量私信工具是否合法?A1: 是的,只要遵守Twitter的使用政策,批量私信工具是合法的。Q2: 如何确保批量私信的效果?A2: 通过精准的用户定位与个性化消息发送,可以显著提升私信效果。Q3: 批量私信工具是否支持多账号管理?A3: 是的,该工具支持多账号管理,帮助企业同时运营多个Twitter账号。Q4: 如何监控批量私信的效果?A4: 通过数据分析功能,企业可以实时监控私信效果,优化营销策略。总结本文详细介绍了Twitter批量私信工具在出海营销中的应用,帮助企业提升品牌曝光率与用户互动效率。立即试用,体验高效出海营销的魅力。
企业管理
【出海周报】香港虚拟银行可买比特币 海关总署取消海外仓备案 涉诈监管有新政
【出海周报】香港虚拟银行可买比特币 海关总署取消海外仓备案 涉诈监管有新政
《出海周报》是移动支付网打造的金融科技、移动支付出海一周重要资讯栏目,聚焦企业出海、海外市场动态、海外监管政策等方面,以简捷的方式,提升读者获取资讯的效率。 中办、国办:加强跨境结算、移动支付等领域国际合作 11月28日,新华社授权发布《中共中央办公厅 国务院办公厅关于数字贸易改革创新发展的意见》。意见指出,要深化数字贸易国际合作。推动建立数字领域国际合作机制,加强人工智能、大数据、跨境结算、移动支付等领域国际合作,深化数字基础设施互联互通。加强与东盟国家、中亚国家、金砖国家、上海合作组织成员国等数字贸易合作。 近日,中国人民银行、国家发展改革委、工业和信息化部、金融监管总局、中国证监会、国家数据局、国家外汇局等七部门联合印发《推动数字金融高质量发展行动方案》,《行动方案》提出,鼓励金融机构搭建跨境金融数字平台,助力航运贸易数字化。促进和规范金融数据跨境流动,统一监管合规口径,给予金融机构规则指引。 11月26日,公安部召开新闻发布会,通报公安部、国家发展改革委、工业和信息化部、中国人民银行四部门联合印发《电信网络诈骗及其关联违法犯罪联合惩戒办法》相关情况。会上,中国人民银行相关负责人表示,中国人民银行高度重视“资金链”精准治理工作,按照“精准研判、精细操作、精确打击”总要求,指导商业银行、支付机构统筹做好涉诈风险防控和优化服务工作。 海关总署:取消跨境电商出口海外仓企业备案 近日,海关总署发布新政,开展跨境电商出口海外仓业务的企业,无需向海关办理出口海外仓业务模式备案,不再执行海关总署公告2020年第75号中“三、企业管理”项下第二款“开展出口海外仓业务的跨境电商企业,还应当在海关开展出口海外仓业务模式备案”的要求。企业在申报环节仍需向海关传输订仓单电子数据,并对真实性负责。 在近日举行的京东供应链金融科技消费产业大会上,京东支付正式发布了针对跨境进出口电商的金融服务平台——JD FinTech。该平台围绕跨境支付需求,致力于为出海企业提供全面的一站式金融服务,包括快速开通海外多币种账户、多币种收付款、自由汇兑及报税等服务。JD FinTech金融平台的亮相,是京东支付在国际金融市场的重要布局,也将为全球商户带来更为降本、增效、安全合规的跨境支付体验。 新西兰奥克兰公共交通开通支持银联闪付 11月28日,银联国际宣布奥克兰公共交通开通支持银联闪付。当地居民或到访游客现可在奥克兰地铁、公交、大部分轮渡用银联卡或银联手机闪付一“拍”过闸,交通出行体验更顺畅。 中山首台支持数字人民币功能外币自助兑换机落地 11月28日,为积极响应国务院办公厅印发的《关于进一步优化支付服务提升支付便利性的意见》,在人民银行中山市分行和国家外汇管理局中山市分局的指导和支持下,中国银行中山分行在翠亨新区马鞍岛新客运口岸成功安装中山市首台支持数字人民币功能的外币自助兑换机,并正式投入使用。 日本将新增逾百万家商户开通银联二维码支付 近日,银联国际与日本瑞穗银行、UC卡公司在上海共同宣布,瑞穗银行旗下二维码支付服务J-coin Pay的逾百万家日本二维码商户将支持银联,云闪付App用户在日移动支付体验进一步升级。 连连国际与Visa推出全球商务支付产品 11月26日,连连国际与全球领先的数字支付品牌Visa在2024年第二届中国国际供应链促进博览会上宣布加深合作,推出全球商务支付产品越达卡,为连连国际客户提供全方位的跨境商务支付体验。 通过连连国际的创新研发能力及Visa全球支付网络,广大企业客户和中小微商户能够使用连连国际发行的Visa数字商务卡高效、便捷、安全地在线完成跨境支付。该服务将全面满足全球电商卖家、出口外贸公司、在线旅游平台及旅行社,差旅管理公司、广告代理、供应商付款等多场景跨境付款需求。 近日,总部位于香港的虚拟银行众安银行(ZA Bank)宣布与HashKey合作推出了一项新服务,允许散户用户直接使用法定货币购买和出售比特币和以太坊。ZA BANK此次推出的加密货币交易服务,允许用户通过港元及美元买卖比特币和以太坊。该服务的入场门槛为70美元或600港元,每笔交易收取1.99美元或15港元佣金,平台费为交易金额的1.5%。为吸引用户,ZA BANK将在2025年6月底前实施优惠政策,包括免除佣金并将平台费降至0.8%。 苹果在新西兰推出Tap to Pay on iPhone服务 近日,苹果宣布在新西兰推出Tap to Pay on iPhone服务,这一创新功能使商家能够将iPhone转变为支付终端,实现便捷的移动刷卡支付。该服务兼容iPhone Xs及更高版本,并需设备运行最新iOS系统。 商家只需通过支持Tap to Pay on iPhone的App,即可在结账时引导顾客将非接触式支付卡、iPhone或Apple Watch等设备靠近商家的iPhone,利用NFC技术轻松完成支付。此服务广泛支持American Express、Discover、JCB、Mastercard和Visa等多家信用卡和借记卡品牌。 FATF计划修订各国评估其面临非法金融活动的风险的标准 金融行动特别工作组(FATF)的新任主席在接受=采访时表示,该组织计划修订各国评估其面临非法金融活动的风险的标准,以促进全球金融包容性。 Swift将推出人工智能反欺诈解决方案 近日,Swift宣布将于2025年1月推出全新AI增强型欺诈检测功能,以帮助全球支付业加强防御,以应对层出不穷的不法行为。该服务的推出是基于全球金融社群的广泛合作以及今年早些时候的成功试点。 许多中小型金融机构都在采用Swift现有的支付控制服务(Payment Controls Service),该全新功能即以此为基础,利用Swift网络上每年数十亿笔交易的网络匿名数据来识别和标记可疑交易,以便相应部门可以采取实时行动。 美国支付巨头Stripe将以700亿美元的估值回购其股票 近日,美国支付巨头Stripe宣布,将以近700亿美元的估值启动股票回购计划。据彭博社披露,每股定价约27.51美元,此举将使公司估值稳定在700亿美元左右。 这一估值几乎与Stripe在2024年初的股票出售活动中的定价持平。回顾2024年2月,该公司通过招标收购筹集了6.942亿美元,当时允许员工出售部分股份,交易后Stripe的估值约为650亿美元。尽管大部分资金源自投资者,Stripe仍计划动用部分资金进行股票回购,以缓解员工股权补偿计划带来的稀释效应。同时,公司还拟将这笔资金用于提升员工的流动性。 数字支付提供商Checkout.com 宣布进军日本市场,并推出了新的直接收单功能。此举是该公司为亚太地区 (APAC) 提供本地化支付解决方案的广泛努力的一部分,旨在满足国内外商家的需求。 英国已推进其计划,将于 2025 年初推出加密货币资产监管框架草案。财政部经济部长 Tulip Siddiq 概述了即将出台的框架将解决加密市场的各个方面,包括稳定币、质押服务和更广泛的加密货币。她强调了统一的监管方法,并指出在一个阶段处理所有方面是一种更直接的方法。 黑山和阿尔巴尼亚成为首批加入单一欧元支付区(SEPA)地理范围的扩大国家。这一进展是在欧洲支付委员会 (EPC) 批准之后取得的,代表着西巴尔干地区在融入欧盟结构方面迈出了重要一步。将这些国家纳入 SEPA 符合欧盟的增长计划,该计划旨在通过分阶段进入欧盟单一市场的各个要素来加强西巴尔干地区社会经济一体化。这一进展取决于是否符合欧盟法规和标准,即欧盟共同体法律。 Shopify日本将于明年1月6日结束提供Amazon Pay服务 近日,Shopify通知其平台上的日本商店(卖家),将于2025年1月6日结束提供支付服务“Amazon Pay”。自该日期起,Amazon Pay将不再与日本的Shopify商店兼容,相关功能将被自动移除,卖家将无法通过该支付方式结账。 马斯克确认X(原推特)平台将推出汇款功能 近日,马斯克表示,X平台即将上线汇款功能,此功能作为X Payments服务的关键环节。据透露,X Payments LLC已在美国37个州成功获取汇款许可证,纽约州除外,预计年内将全面覆盖美国市场,推出支付服务。 继退出俄罗斯商业银行业务后,汇丰银行已停止为个人银行客户处理来自俄罗斯和白俄罗斯的付款。 该银行英国零售银行网站上的一则通知告知客户,该银行已决定停止处理来自这些国家的交易,并建议个人为此类付款做出其他安排。此举是汇丰银行此前退出俄罗斯商业银行业务的举措,该退出于 2024 年 5 月完成,当时该公司出售了其当地实体。两年前,汇丰银行首次披露了 2022 年 6 月撤出俄罗斯业务的计划。 汇丰将退出内地信用卡市场?官方辟谣称没有这一计划 11月29日,有消息称汇丰控股将关闭在中国推出8年的信用卡业务,因难以在中国实现扩张和盈利。对此,汇丰中国相关发言人回应称,汇丰中国没有退出内地信用卡服务的计划,如常提供包括新卡申请受理在内的各项服务。 荷兰支付基础设施即服务 (IaaS) 提供商NORBr已筹集 300 万欧元资金,由 Alstin Capital 领投,之前的领投投资者 Portfolio 也参与其中,旨在进一步增强支付终端管理、运营效率 (PayOps) 和合规性功能。 全球支付网络Thunes与蒙古贸易发展银行(TDB)签署了合作备忘录。此次合作旨在为蒙古TDB的客户提供便利的国际交易,使他们能够将资金转移到海外银行账户、移动钱包、卡和现金提取点。 全球验证提供商Sumsub已与加密资产风险管理公司 Elliptic 合作,以加强其加密交易监控和旅行规则解决方案。此次合作将 Elliptic 的区块链分析功能整合到 Sumsub 的平台中,为客户提供增强的工具来筛选加密货币钱包、识别欺诈活动并评估交易风险。 Worldpay在英国推出近乎即时的退款工具 Worldpay推出了一项创新服务,能够根据收款金融机构实现近乎即时的退款,从而有效弥合消费者期望与商家能力之间的差距。在英国,绝大多数使用万事达卡和Visa卡的购物者,在参与的零售商(如HMV)购物时,都能体验到更迅捷的退款服务。如今,符合退货条件的消费者在退回网购商品后,即可近乎即时地获得退款。 在传统系统中,退款往往需要数日才能到达消费者账户。然而,Worldpay的研究显示,40%的消费者期望在退货后的24小时内收到退款,而这一期望如今已变为现实,退款仅需几分钟即可到账。此外,该服务计划于2025年扩展至整个欧盟的商家,覆盖在线及销售点交易。
【本周热搜榜】王卫港交所敲钟;京东拟斥3亿-6亿元增持德邦;安能物流发力渠道拓展;普洛斯或明年赴港上市;申通业务量首破200亿件
【本周热搜榜】王卫港交所敲钟;京东拟斥3亿-6亿元增持德邦;安能物流发力渠道拓展;普洛斯或明年赴港上市;申通业务量首破200亿件
京东拟斥3亿-6亿元增持德邦;安能物流发力渠道拓展;普洛斯或明年赴港上市;申通业务量首破200亿件"> 1)顺丰在港交所上市,成快递物流行业首家 A+H 公司 11月27日,顺丰控股在港股主板上市,成为邮政快递业首家实现A+H股上市的企业。此次顺丰控股在香港IPO的招股价为34.3元港币,若未行使超配权,顺丰募集资金净额达到56.62亿港元,成年内香港的第二大规模IPO。 “在港上市对顺丰意义重大,集团可依托香港平台更好发展国际市场。”敲钟现场,顺丰控股董事长王卫亮相。他表示,顺丰已经营31年,7年前于A股上市,7年间集团面对不少困难,但团队有能力接受任何挑战,有丰富经验接受很多不能预控的因素。(来源:快递杂志) 2)王卫现身,顺丰集团与中石化销售公司战略合作 11月25日,顺丰集团与中石化销售公司在香港签订了战略合作协议。双方将首先在环境保护、数智化供应链两方面开展深入合作。一方面,联手推动绿色能源转型合作,通过拓展氢、电、气等新能源项目合作,开拓新能源应用场景的规划建设,优化能源结构及促进资源循环利用。另一方面,将在商品供应链、物流供应链、数字供应链等重点领域深化合作,在中石化易捷便利店等B2C采销、B2B、企业购合作及油站场地资源共享共用等方面,各取所长,共享共赢。(来源:顺丰集团) 3)京东拟斥资3-6亿元增持德邦股份 11月26日消息,德邦股份25日晚间公告,公司间接控股股东宿迁京东卓风企业管理有限公司拟以集中竞价交易方式增持公司股份,增持总额不低于3亿元,不超过6亿元。增持资金来源为中国银行宿迁分行提供的专项贷款及京东卓风自有资金。中国银行宿迁分行同意为京东卓风增持公司股份提供专项贷款支持,贷款金额不超过4亿元。 11月26日,德邦股份股价触及涨停板,为近一年来最近的一次涨停,最新股价达到14.65元/股。 4)安能物流渠道拓展激励升级,最高奖励2万元 11月28日消息,为全方位强化渠道建设,打造最密网络,做优旺季未端服务,安能围绕渠道拓展核心目标,对新增有效用户的一级网点给予渠道拓展激励。一级网点净增有效一级有效S,奖励价值10000-20000元的面单,净增有效二级,奖励价值5000-10000元的面单,进一步激活区域网点共建渠道,加密二级用户。(来源:今日安能) 5)消息称普洛斯考虑最早于2025年在香港上市 11月29日消息,据路透社,消息人士称普洛斯考虑最早于2025年在香港上市。(来源:钛媒体) 6)ESR私有化或在未来数周内落实 11月29日消息,市场消息显示,包括喜达屋资本集团和华平投资集团在内的一个财团,计划在未来几周内落实私有化亚太物流地产平台ESR的交易,估值将超过70亿美元。 据悉,该财团还包括其创始人和主权财富基金卡塔尔投资局的一个部门。另据报道,该财团的潜在收购价将比ESR过去一个月平均股价11.06港元溢价18%以上。华平投资集团是ESR的第一大股东,持有14%股份。消息人士表示,包括收购价格在内的交易条款尚未最终确定。(来源:观点网) 7)申通全年业务量首次突破200亿件 11月24日,申通快递全年业务量首次突破200亿件。第200亿件包裹是一箱从浙江嵊州发往西藏日喀则的香榧子。这箱来自浙江的香榧子将搭乘着西藏特惠集运车辆,由申通统一负责末端配送。 据了解,从去年探索新疆集运开始,申通快递便不断扩大集运模式服务范围,目前已在新疆、内蒙古、甘青宁、西藏等多地落地实施。截至2024年11月,已有超8000万件商品通过集运模式送到消费者手中,预计到12月中旬,申通快递集运业务承运包裹量将超过1亿件。(来源:快递杂志) 8)菜鸟速递接入东方甄选,提供次日达和送货上门服务 11月28日消息,近日,东方甄选华东自营冷链仓接入菜鸟速递,由菜鸟速递承接包括东方甄选抖音直播间、东方甄选APP在内的全平台、多品类订单配送,为东方甄选华东消费者提供次日达和送货上门等品质快递服务。据悉,双方的合作范围正持续扩大,早前,菜鸟速递已接入东方甄选自营华南冷链仓配送。(来源:运联网) 9)极兔升级西部核心枢纽,日均快递处理量将达150万件 11月27日消息,极兔位于中西部的核心枢纽——升级后的兰州转运中心即将投入运营。据了解,兰州转运中心是极兔在中西部地区的重要物流枢纽。升级前,该转运中心面积超1.5万平方米,日均快递处理量达到70万件。今年“双11”高峰期,兰州转运中心的日均处理量达到85万件。升级后,新中心未来日均处理量能达150万件。(来源:北京商报) 10)自动驾驶卡车公司千挂科技破产清算 11月29日消息,干线物流自动驾驶公司千挂科技被爆自今年9月底开始收缩业务、全员降薪。10月中旬左右,千挂科技广州、深圳两处办公室都已停用,北京部分人员开始居家办公。 就上述情况,界面新闻联系千挂科技方面。千挂科技联合创始人之一孙浩文向界面新闻证实了上述内容,并表示当前千挂科技正在破产清算。“目前大部分员工已经被遣散,只有北京公司还有相当小一部分人在走清算流程,同时我们也正与几个买家洽谈,希望能出售公司产品设备。” 公开资料显示,千挂科技成立于2021年7月,是一家专注于智能驾驶干线物流的科技企业。(来源:界面新闻) 11)小马智行上市,今年上半年自动卡车业务营收1803.5万美元 北京时间11月27日(美东时间11月27日),小马智行正式在纳斯达克挂牌上市,股票代码“PONY”。在扩大发行规模后,若承销商的超额配售权悉数行使,小马智行融资额可达2.99亿美元,成为今年以来美股自动驾驶领域最大规模的IPO。加之此次通过同步私募配售价值约1.534亿美元的普通股,小马智行本次IPO总募资金额可达约4.52亿美元。 根据招股书,目前在小马智行营收结构中占据大头的是自动卡车业务,即Robotruck。2022年、2023年、2024年上半年,小马智行Robotruck的营收分别为2236.8万美元、2502.1万美元、1803.5万美元,营收占比分别为32.7%、34.8%、73.0%,均呈稳定增长趋势。 小马智行目前运营着190多辆自动驾驶卡车车队,包括自营、与中国外运合作运营。2022年4月,小马智行与中国外运合资成立物流品牌青骓物流;同年7月,小马智行宣布与三一重卡成立合资公司一骥智卡;同年11月,小马智行与中国外运、三一集团成立三方战略联盟。(来源:小马智行) 12)富勒科技完成3亿元融资 11月25日,富勒科技(FLUX)宣布完成超过3亿元人民币融资,本轮融资由经纬创投领投,高成投资和高瓴创投(GL Ventures)跟投。富勒科技(FLUX)聚焦于物流和供应链软件领域,旗下产品包括WMS(仓储管理系统)、TMS(运输管理系统)、Datahub(数据集成平台)、SC2P(供应链协同平台)、LES(生产物流执行系统)和WCS(仓储控制系统)等。(来源:富勒科技) 13) 快手电商废止“退款不退货服务” 11月28日消息,快手电商近日发布公告称,因业务内容调整,经平台综合考虑决策,快手电商现针对“退款不退货服务”进行废止,后续将推出更好的服务产品供大家使用。对于已开通“退款不退货服务”的商家,平台将在12/2号终止向商家提供该服务,商家可在12/2号前主动解约,届时到期未解约商家平台会自动终止合约。对于存量订单,系统仍会按原有配置内容执行。(来源:快手电商) 14) 闪送发布上市后首份财报,今年前三季度营收34亿元 11月27日晚间,闪送发布三季度财报,这也是其上市以来的首份财报。财报数据显示,闪送今年前三季度营收34.39亿元,同比增长3.7%;运营利润为1.27亿元,净利润为1.48亿元。截至2024年9月30日的九个月订单履行量为2.114亿份,同比增长7.1%。 第三季度,闪送营收为11.55亿元,较上年同期的11.94亿元下降约3%;净利润2382.9万元,较上年同期的3496.2万元下降32%,对于下滑的原因,财报中未作解释(来源:每日经济新闻) 15) 顺丰同城上线“独享专送”服务, “1对1急送”一次只送一单 11月29日消息,近日,顺丰同城新上线“独享专送”服务,采用“1对1急送”专业服务模式,订单从接收到最终送达,全程由一位骑士负责,用户可通过系统实时查看订单状态。(来源:证券时报) 16)Temu宣布进军尼日利亚 11月28日消息,据媒体,Temu于11月开始为尼日利亚客户提供服务。Temu发言人表示,针对尼日利亚的物流环境效率低下、缺乏信任等问题,该公司已与当地快递公司Flytexpress和Speedaf合作,以解决这些障碍。(来源:电商报) 17)TikTok Shop电商业务扩张至西班牙和爱尔兰 11月28日消息,据悉,TikTok 近几个月来一直在邀请供应商加入其在西班牙的在线购物平台,该平台计划于12月上线。其中一位专注于化妆品和护肤品的店主表示,邀请是在 8 月份发出的,西班牙的一些 TikTok 商店已经开始营业。TikTok 还鼓励商家加入其在爱尔兰的电子商务服务,尽管目前尚不清楚该服务何时推出。在该公司的官方卖家页面上,爱尔兰与西班牙一起被列为“仅限邀请”市场。(来源:鞭牛士) 18) 海关总署:取消跨境电商出口海外仓企业备案 11月27日消息,海关总署公告,开展跨境电商出口海外仓业务的企业,无需向海关办理出口海外仓业务模式备案,不再执行海关总署公告2020年第75号中“三、企业管理”项下第二款“开展出口海外仓业务的跨境电商企业,还应当在海关开展出口海外仓业务模式备案”的要求。企业在申报环节仍需向海关传输订仓单电子数据,并对真实性负责。(来源:新京报)
海关总署:取消跨境电商出口海外仓企业备案
海关总署
取消跨境电商出口海外仓企业备案
为贯彻党中央、国务院关于加快跨境电商新业态发展以及中央经济工作会议关于拓展跨境电商出口的部署,认真落实党的二十届三中全会精神,进一步促进跨境电商高质量发展,海关总署就优化跨境电商出口监管措施公告如下: 一、取消跨境电商出口海外仓企业备案 开展跨境电商出口海外仓业务的企业,无需向海关办理出口海外仓业务模式备案,不再执行海关总署公告2020年第75号中“三、企业管理”项下第二款“开展出口海外仓业务的跨境电商企业,还应当在海关开展出口海外仓业务模式备案”的要求。企业在申报环节仍需向海关传输订仓单电子数据,并对真实性负责。 二、简化出口单证申报手续 跨境电商零售出口和企业对企业出口清单申报前,跨境电商企业或其代理人、物流企业应当分别通过国际贸易“单一窗口”或跨境电商通关服务平台向海关传输交易、物流等电子信息,无需传输收款单电子信息,并对数据真实性承担相应法律责任。 三、扩大出口拼箱货物“先查验后装运”试点 在上海、杭州、宁波、厦门、青岛、郑州、武汉、长沙、广州、黄埔、成都、西安海关等12个直属海关开展出口拼箱货物“先查验后装运”监管模式试点。允许跨境电商出口货物以散货形式进入海关监管作业场所(场地),先行接受海关查验,然后再根据实际需求灵活拼箱装运。海关监管作业场所(场地)需建立货物入场、上架、装箱以及海关监管作业场所(场地)至口岸的物流运输等各环节信息实时采集系统,实现全流程信息化管理,并与海关联网实时传输相应数据。 四、推广跨境电商零售出口跨关区退货监管模式 在北京、天津、大连、哈尔滨、上海、南京、杭州、宁波、合肥、福州、厦门、南昌、青岛、郑州、长沙、广州、深圳、黄埔、成都、乌鲁木齐海关等20个直属海关开展跨境电商零售出口跨关区退货监管模式试点。允许跨境电商零售出口(9610模式)退货商品跨直属关区退货,退货商品应当退至开展跨境电商零售出口业务的海关监管作业场所(场地)。开展跨境电商零售出口跨关区退货业务的企业应规范经营,具备企业生产作业系统数据并向海关开放或与海关信息化系统对接。 五、其他事项 其他有关监管要求继续按照海关总署公告2018年第194号、2020年第44号以及2020年第75号有关规定执行。 本公告自2024年12月15日起施行。 特此公告。 海关总署 2024年11月25日
营销拓客
Twitter自动化工具:提升跨境营销效率的利器
Twitter自动化工具
提升跨境营销效率的利器
在当今全球化的商业环境中,跨境营销已成为企业拓展海外市场的重要手段。Twitter作为全球知名的社交媒体平台,其庞大的用户基础和强大的传播能力,使其成为跨境营销的理想选择。然而,手动管理Twitter账号不仅耗时耗力,还难以实现精准营销。这时,Twitter自动化工具应运而生,为企业提供了高效、精准的营销解决方案。Twitter自动化工具的核心功能1、内容自动发布:Twitter自动化工具可以根据预设的时间表,自动发布推文,确保内容在最佳时间触达目标用户。2、数据分析与优化:工具提供详细的数据分析报告,帮助企业了解推文的表现,从而优化内容策略。3、用户互动管理:自动化工具可以自动回复用户评论、私信,提升用户互动体验,增强品牌粘性。Twitter自动化工具的应用场景1、成人用品行业:通过Twitter自动化工具,成人用品企业可以精准定位目标用户,自动发布相关内容,提升品牌曝光度和销售转化率。2、海外游戏推广:游戏公司可以利用自动化工具,自动发布游戏更新、活动信息,吸引更多玩家参与,提升游戏活跃度。3、金融推广:金融机构可以通过Twitter自动化工具,自动发布金融资讯、投资建议,提升品牌专业形象,吸引潜在客户。Twitter自动化工具的优势1、提高效率:自动化工具大大减少了人工操作,提高了营销效率。2、精准营销:通过数据分析,工具可以帮助企业精准定位目标用户,实现精准营销。3、增强互动:自动化工具可以实时与用户互动,提升用户体验,增强品牌忠诚度。总结Twitter自动化工具为跨境营销提供了高效、精准的解决方案,帮助企业提升海外业务效率与效果。无论是成人用品、海外游戏还是金融推广,Twitter自动化工具都能发挥重要作用,助力企业实现全球化战略。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务常见问题(FAQ)Q1: Twitter自动化工具是否安全?A1: 是的,Twitter自动化工具遵循Twitter的使用政策,确保操作安全合规。Q2: 如何选择适合的Twitter自动化工具?A2: 根据企业的具体需求,选择功能全面、用户评价高的工具,如Hootsuite、Buffer等。Q3: Twitter自动化工具是否支持多账号管理?A3: 是的,大多数Twitter自动化工具支持多账号管理,方便企业统一管理多个Twitter账号。立即获取解决方案立即联系客服
提升境外业务的Twitter用户增长策略:加速全球扩展
提升境外业务的Twitter用户增长策略
加速全球扩展
在当今全球化的市场中,Twitter用户增长已成为境外业务成功的关键因素之一。通过有效的Twitter用户增长策略,企业可以显著提升品牌知名度和市场占有率。本文将深入探讨如何利用Twitter用户增长策略,帮助企业在境外业务中取得更大的成功。Twitter用户增长的重要性1、品牌知名度:Twitter用户增长有助于提高品牌在目标市场的知名度,吸引更多潜在客户。2、市场占有率:通过Twitter用户增长,企业可以扩大市场份额,增加销售额。3、客户互动:Twitter用户增长策略可以增强与客户的互动,提高客户忠诚度。Twitter用户增长策略1、内容营销:通过发布有价值的内容,吸引更多用户关注和互动。2、广告投放:利用Twitter广告平台,精准投放广告,吸引目标用户。3、社交媒体合作:与其他社交媒体平台合作,扩大品牌影响力。应用场景1、成人用品行业:通过Twitter用户增长策略,提升品牌在成人用品市场的知名度,吸引更多潜在客户。2、海外游戏行业:利用Twitter用户增长策略,扩大海外游戏市场的占有率,增加游戏下载量。3、金融推广行业:通过Twitter用户增长策略,增强金融产品的市场推广效果,提高客户转化率。常见问题解答1、如何衡量Twitter用户增长的效果?可以通过Twitter Analytics工具,监测用户增长、互动率和转化率等关键指标。2、Twitter用户增长策略需要多长时间才能见效?Twitter用户增长策略的效果因行业和策略而异,通常需要3-6个月才能看到显著效果。3、如何优化Twitter用户增长策略?可以通过定期分析数据,调整内容策略和广告投放,优化Twitter用户增长策略。总结Twitter用户增长策略是提升境外业务品牌知名度和市场占有率的关键。通过有效的内容营销、广告投放和社交媒体合作,企业可以在全球市场中取得更大的成功。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务立即获取解决方案立即联系客服
Twitter营销软件在境外业务中的高效应用及优化策略
Twitter营销软件在境外业务中的高效应用及优化策略
在全球化的商业环境中,Twitter营销软件已成为企业提升品牌曝光和用户互动的重要工具。本文将深入探讨Twitter营销软件在境外业务中的应用,帮助企业在竞争激烈的市场中脱颖而出。Twitter营销软件的核心功能1、自动化发布:Twitter营销软件能够自动化发布内容,确保品牌信息在不同时区的高效传播。2、数据分析:通过详细的数据分析,企业可以了解用户行为,优化营销策略。3、互动管理:软件支持自动回复和互动管理,提升用户参与度。境外业务中的应用场景1、成人用品行业:通过Twitter营销软件,企业可以精准定位目标用户,提升产品曝光率。2、海外游戏推广:利用软件的自动化发布功能,游戏公司可以在全球范围内同步推广新游戏。3、金融推广:Twitter营销软件帮助金融企业快速传播市场信息,吸引潜在投资者。Twitter营销软件的优势1、提升效率:自动化功能显著减少人工操作,提高营销效率。2、增强互动:通过互动管理功能,企业可以更好地与用户沟通,增强品牌忠诚度。3、数据驱动:数据分析功能帮助企业做出更明智的营销决策。常见问题解答Q1: Twitter营销软件是否适用于所有行业?A1: 是的,Twitter营销软件适用于多种行业,包括但不限于成人用品、游戏和金融。Q2: 如何选择适合的Twitter营销软件?A2: 选择时应考虑软件的功能、用户评价和价格,确保其符合企业的具体需求。Q3: Twitter营销软件能否提升品牌曝光?A3: 绝对可以,通过自动化发布和数据分析,Twitter营销软件能显著提升品牌曝光率。总结Twitter营销软件在境外业务中的应用,不仅提升了品牌曝光和用户互动,还通过数据分析和自动化功能,显著提高了营销效率。企业应根据自身需求,选择合适的Twitter营销软件,以在全球化竞争中占据有利地位。LIKE发现全球营销软件营销服务立即获取解决方案立即联系客服
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈